Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Drug Manufacturers - Specialty & Generic / Lannett Company

Lannett Company

lci · AMEX Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker lci
Exchange AMEX
Sector Healthcare
Industry Drug Manufacturers - Specialty & Generic
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Lannett Company
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2012 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dear Shareholders: 

Fiscal 2012 was a rebound year.  In addition to meeting our expectations, we delivered on our promise 
to get the company back on track after a challenging fiscal 2011.  Our improvement was largely driven 
by higher sales of certain key products in our base business combined with the launch of products for 
which we received approval during the year.  We also got a boost from our pain management business 
and made positive strides toward enhancing our manufacturing efficiencies.  

Financial Highlights 
Overall, we were pleased with our financial performance in fiscal 2012.  For fiscal 2012 full year, net 
sales rose 15 percent to $123.0 million from $106.8 million for fiscal 2011.  Gross profit increased 67 
percent to $38.9 million from $23.3 million for the prior year.  Gross profit percentage improved to 32 
percent of net sales from 22 percent of net sales for comparable year earlier.  Operating income was 
$6.9 million versus an operating loss of $1.2 million; and net income attributable to Lannett was $3.9 
million, or $0.14 per diluted share, compared to a net loss attributable to Lannett of $277,000, or $0.01 
per share.   

At June 30, 2012, cash, cash equivalents and investment securities totaled approximately $29.2 million 
and long-term debt, including the current portion, was approximately $7.2 million.   

Our positive financial momentum continued into the first quarter of fiscal 2013.  Net sales rose 22% to 
$35.3 million from $28.9 million for the same quarter last year.  Gross profit climbed to $13.6 million 
from $8.6 million for the fiscal 2012 first quarter.  As a percentage of net sales, gross margin was 39% 
compared with 30% for the fiscal first quarter of last year.  Operating income more than doubled to $3.7 
million compared with $1.4 million for the first quarter of fiscal 2012.  Net income attributable to Lannett 
was $2.9 million, or $0.10 per diluted share, which included a favorable litigation settlement of $1.3 
million and other non-operating items, equal to $0.03 per diluted share.  This compares with net income 
attributable to Lannett for the prior year first quarter of $206,000, or $0.01 per share, which included net 
non-operating expenses equal to $0.02 per diluted share.   

Product Approvals/Launches 
During fiscal 2012, we received FDA approvals for eight products.  By contrast, due to a backlog at the 
FDA in the prior fiscal year, we received only two ANDA approvals and one New Drug Application 
(NDA) approval. 

In fiscal 2012, we received approvals for Diethylpropion HCl Tablets, 25 mg; Phentermine HCl 
Capsules, 37.5 mg; Phentermine Resin Extended-Release Capsules, 15 mg and 30 mg; Loxapine 
Succinate Capsules, 5 mg, 10 mg, 25 mg and 50 mg; Diethylpropion HCl Extended Release Tablets, 
75 mg; Triamterene with Hydrochlorothiazide 37.5/25mg Capsules; Phentermine HCL Capsules, 15 
mg; and Hydrochlorothiazide Capsules, 12.5 mg. 

And, in early fiscal 2013, we received approval for Butalbital, Acetaminophen and Caffeine Tablets, 
USP, 50mg/325mg/40mg. 

Pain Management 
We continued to grow and invest in Cody Laboratories, our pain management franchise.  We are 
focused on developing substantially all controlled substance Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) 
for all finished dosage forms that are currently being marketed or that are in phase 3 studies in the U.S.  
Over time, we believe we can vertically integrate the production of APIs, which will enhance our 
margins, and capture a significant share of the finished dosage market for controlled substances.  Our 
plan is to become a one-stop shop for substantially all controlled substance dosage forms and 
command a major presence in this multi-billion dollar market.   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Growth Opportunities 
We have a deep pipeline, with 15 product applications currently pending at the FDA and approximately 
40 product candidates in various stages of development.  Our pipeline includes products with significant 
market opportunities.   

In the coming year, we intend to invest in the company’s future by ramping up our product development 
efforts.  Most notably, a sizable portion of our fiscal 2013 R&D budget is earmarked for two large 
market opportunity products, C-Topical and Thalidomide.   

As of the date of this letter, our C-Topical branded drug, for which we are utilizing a 505(b)(2) 
application to gain FDA approval, is in the clinical trial stage.  We are optimistic that we will submit a 
NDA for this product with the FDA in the near term.  For Thalidomide, a chemotherapeutic drug, our 
pilot bioequivalency studies have been completed and the pivotal study will shortly be underway.  We 
continue to believe that both of these product candidates have excellent potential to pay off 
handsomely in terms of expanding our portfolio with higher revenue and higher margin products than 
we typically enjoy. 

Outlook 
We are eager to build on the positive momentum generated in fiscal 2012.  Our plan is to continue to 
invest in product development and commercialize our recently approved products, as well as those in 
our pipeline.  In addition, we regularly evaluate opportunities that complement our organic growth 
strategy.  To that end, we have recently filed a Form S-3 Shelf Registration Statement, essentially 
renewing the unused portion of the original Form S-3 filed in November 2009.  While we have no 
current plans to utilize capital provided by this shelf registration, the purpose of this renewal is to 
continue to have capital readily available for corporate purposes such as acquisitions. 

While fiscal 2012 was a turnaround year, we do not believe our current stock price reflects the excellent 
progress we made during the year and our positive outlook for the future.  We believe we have a 
sound, diversified strategy, as well as the resources, to continue to grow our company.  Our team of 
seasoned industry professionals is excited about Lannett’s future and enhancing shareholder value.  
On behalf of our senior management team and Board of Directors, I extend my appreciation to our 
shareholders for your support and our employees for their hard work and dedication. 

Sincerely,  

Arthur P. Bedrosian 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

December 6, 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

(Mark One) 

FORM 10-K 

⌧  ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 

OR 

(cid:134)  TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 

1934 

For the transition period from              to 

Commission File No. 001-31298 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

State of Delaware 
State of Incorporation 

23-0787699 
I.R.S. Employer I.D. No. 

9000 State Road 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19136 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (215) 333-9000 
(Address of principal executive offices and telephone number) 

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act: None 

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: 

Common Stock, $.001 Par Value 
(Title of class) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act  Yes (cid:134)  No ⌧ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes (cid:134)  No ⌧ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 

of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes ⌧  No (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 

contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K 
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 
company.  See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
(Check one): 

Large accelerated filer (cid:134) 

Non-accelerated filer (cid:134) 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Accelerated filer ⌧ 

Smaller reporting company (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data 
File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for 
such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes ⌧  No (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12B-12 of the Exchange Act).  Yes (cid:134)  No ⌧ 

Aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, as of December 31, 2011 was $72,293,776 based on the 

closing price of the stock on the NYSE MKT. 

As of August 31, 2012, there were 28,314,697 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $.001 par value, outstanding. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 
ITEM 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 
OF OPERATIONS 
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING 
AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS 
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

PART I 

PART II 

PART III 

PART IV 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, 

SIGNATURES 

3
19
26
26
26

27
29

29
42
42

43
43
44

44
48

60
62
63

64
65

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE “SAFE HARBOR” PROVISIONS OF THE PRIVATE 
SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995. 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements in “Item 1A — Risk Factors”, “Item 7 — Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in other statements throughout the report.  Any 
statements made in this Annual Report that are not statements of historical fact or that refer to estimated or anticipated future events 
are forward-looking statements.  We have based our forward-looking statements on our management’s beliefs and assumptions based 
on information available to them at this time.  Such forward-looking statements reflect our current perspective of our business, future 
performance, existing trends and information as of the date of this filing.  These include, but are not limited to, our beliefs about future 
revenue and expense levels, growth rates, prospects related to our strategic initiatives and business strategies, express or implied 
assumptions about government regulatory action or inaction, anticipated product approvals and launches, business initiatives and 
product development activities, assessments related to clinical trial results, product performance and competitive environment, and 
anticipated financial performance.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “believe,” 
“anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “estimate,” “continue,” or “pursue,” or the negative other variations thereof or comparable 
terminology, are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  The statements are not guarantees of future performance and 
involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict.  We caution the reader that certain important factors 
may affect our actual operating results and could cause such results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-
looking statements.  We believe the risks and uncertainties discussed under the “Item 1A - Risk Factors” and other risks and 
uncertainties detailed herein and from time to time in our SEC filings, may affect our actual results. 

We disclaim any obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events 
or otherwise.  We also may make additional disclosures in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and in 
other filings that we may make from time to time with the SEC.  Other factors besides those listed here could also adversely affect us.  
This discussion is provided as permitted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. 

ITEM 1. 

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS 

Business Overview 

PART I 

Lannett Company, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company,” “Lannett,” “we,” or “us”) was incorporated in 1942 under the laws of the 
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and reincorporated in 1991 as a Delaware corporation.  We develop, manufacture, market and 
distribute generic versions of branded pharmaceutical products.  We report financial information on a quarterly and fiscal year basis 
with the most recent being the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012.  All references herein to a “fiscal year” or “Fiscal” refer to the 
applicable fiscal year ending June 30. 

According to data reported by IMS Health in August 2012, we are currently among the top 25 companies, based on number of 
prescription transactions, for unbranded generic products in the United States.  We intend to grow our business organically as well as 
through strategic partnerships.  Additionally, our Levothyroxine Sodium tablets (“Levo”) were recognized by IMS Health as the 11th 
most prescribed pharmaceutical product, including both branded and generic products, in the U.S. over the past year, reaching 
approximately 25.0 million prescriptions for the twelve months ended June 2012.  This product line represents approximately 0.6% of 
the domestic prescription market. 

Over the past five years, we have experienced a 71% growth in net sales from approximately $72.0 million in fiscal year 2008 to 
approximately $123.0 million in fiscal year 2012.  This growth has been achieved primarily through strategic partnerships and 
launches of additional manufactured drugs as well as opportunities resulting from our exceptional compliance with regulations. 

Competitive Strengths 

Proven Ability to Develop Successful Products and Achieve Scale in Production.  We believe that our ability to select viable products 
for development, efficiently develop such products, including obtaining any applicable regulatory approvals, vertically integrate into 
certain markets and achieve economies of scale in production are critical for our success in the generic pharmaceutical industry in 
which we operate.  We intend to focus on long-term profitability while seeking to secure market positions with fewer challenges from 
competitors.  Two key examples are Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution and Hydromorphone HCl tablets. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Efficient Development Systems and Manufacturing Expertise for New Products.  We believe that our manufacturing expertise, low 
overhead expenses, efficient product development, manufacturing and marketing capabilities can help us remain competitive in the 
general pharmaceutical market.  We intend to dedicate significant capital toward developing new products because we believe our 
success is linked to our ability to continually introduce new generic products into the marketplace.  Competition from new and other 
market participants for the manufacture and distribution of certain products would likely affect our market share with respect to such 
products as well as force us to reduce our selling price for such products due to their increased availability.  As a result, we believe 
that our success depends on our ability to properly assess the competitive market of new products, including market share, the number 
of competitors and the generic unit price erosion.  We intend to reduce our exposure to competitive influences that may negatively 
affect our sales and profits, including the potential saturation of the market for certain products, by continuing to emphasize 
maintenance of a strong research and development (“R&D”) pipeline. 

Mutually Beneficial Supply and Distribution Arrangements.  In 2004, we entered into an exclusive ten-year distribution agreement 
with Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals (“JSP”) covering four different product lines.  Two of these product lines, Levo and Digoxin, 
collectively accounted for approximately 50% of our net sales in fiscal year 2012 and both products have experienced significant 
market growth in sales over the past few years.  Preliminary discussions have been held with JSP over contract renewal.  Distribution 
agreements with other manufacturers have also increased our net sales in recent years. 

Dependable Supplier to our Customers.  We believe we are viewed within the generic pharmaceutical industry as a strong, dependable 
supplier to our customer base.  We have cultivated strong and dependable customer relationships by maintaining adequate inventory 
levels, employing a responsive order filling system and prioritizing timely fulfillment of those orders.  A majority of our orders are 
filled and shipped either on the day of, or the day following, the date that we receive the order. 

Strong Track Record of Obtaining Regulatory Approvals for New Products.  During the past two fiscal years, we have received ten 
approved Abbreviated New Drug Applications (each, an “ANDA”) and one NDA from the Food and Drug Administration (the 
“FDA”).  We expect to receive several more during the next fiscal year.  These regulatory approvals will enable us to manufacture and 
supply a broader portfolio of generic pharmaceutical products. 

Reputation for Regulatory Compliance.  We have a strong track record of regulatory compliance and we believe that we have strong 
effective regulatory compliance capabilities and practices through hiring qualified individuals and implementing strong current Good 
Manufacturing Practices (“cGMP”).  Two of our competitive strengths, our agility in responding quickly to market events and a strong 
reputation for regulatory compliance, position us to avail ourselves of market opportunities. 

In addition, narcotics which are classified by the DEA as “controlled drugs” are subject to a rigorous regulatory compliance regimen.  
We are one of seven companies in the U.S. that have been granted a license from the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”) 
to import raw concentrated poppy straw for conversion into active pharmaceutical ingredients (“API”).  Such licenses are renewed 
annually, and non-compliance could result in a license not being renewed.  As a result, we believe that our strong reputation for 
regulatory compliance allows us to have a competitive edge in managing the production and distribution of narcotics and controlled 
drugs. 

Business Strategies 

Continue to Broaden our Product Lines Through Internal Development and Strategic Partnerships.  We are focused on increasing our 
market share in the generic pharmaceutical industry while concentrating additional resources on the development of new products, 
including narcotics and other controlled drugs.  We continue our efforts to improve our financial performance by expanding our line 
of generic products, increasing unit sales to current customers, creating manufacturing efficiencies, and managing our overhead and 
administrative costs. 

We have targeted four strategies for expanding our product offerings: (1) deploying our experienced R&D staff to develop products 
in-house, (2) entering into additional product development agreements or strategic partnerships with third-party product developers 
and formulators, (3) purchasing ANDAs from other generic manufacturers and (4) marketing drugs under brand names.  We expect 
that each method will facilitate our identification, selection and development of additional generic pharmaceutical products that we 
may distribute through our existing network of customers. 

We have several existing supply and development agreements with both international and domestic companies, and are currently in 
negotiations on similar agreements with additional international companies, through which we can market and distribute future 
products.  We intend to capitalize on our strong customer relationships to build our market share for such products. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Improve our Operating Profile in Certain Targeted Specialty Markets.  In certain situations, we may increase our focus on certain 
specialty markets within the generic pharmaceutical industry.  By narrowing our focus to specialty markets, we can provide increased 
product alternatives in categories with relatively few other market participants.  We plan to strengthen our relationships with strategic 
partners, including providers of product development research, raw materials, API and finished products.  We believe that mutually 
beneficial strategic relationships in such areas, including potential financing arrangements, partnerships, joint ventures or acquisitions, 
could enhance our competitive advantages in the generic pharmaceutical market. 

Leverage Ability to Vertically Integrate as a Manufacturer, Supplier and Distributor of Narcotics and Controlled Drugs.  We view 
our April 2007 acquisition of Cody Laboratories, Inc. (“Cody Labs” or “Cody”) as an important step in becoming a vertically 
integrated narcotics manufacturer and distributor by allowing us to concentrate on developing and completing our dosage form 
manufacturing in order to reduce our narcotic API costs.  In July 2008, the DEA granted Cody Labs a license to directly import raw 
concentrated poppy straw for conversion into API.  Only six other companies in the U.S. have been granted this license to date.  This 
license will allow us to avoid increased costs associated with buying narcotic API from other manufacturers.  We anticipate that we 
can use this license to become a vertically integrated manufacturer of narcotic products, as well as a supplier of API to the 
pharmaceutical industry.  Market indicators have shown us that the aging domestic population will likely result in a higher demand for 
pain management pharmaceutical products and controlled substances. 

Cody Labs’ manufacturing expertise in narcotic APIs will allow us to build a market with limited domestic competition.  We 
anticipate that demand for narcotics and other controlled drugs will continue to grow as the “Baby Boomer” generation ages.  We are 
well-positioned to take advantage of these opportunities by concentrating additional resources in the narcotics and other controlled 
drugs area. 

Key Products 

All of our products currently manufactured and/or sold are prescription products.  Of the products listed in the table entitled “Current 
Products” below, our top five products in each fiscal year collectively accounted for approximately 69%, 69% and 75% of our net 
sales in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

Our products containing Levo are produced and marketed with 12 varying potencies.  In addition to generic Levo tablets, we also 
market and distribute Unithroid tablets, a branded version of Levo, which is produced and marketed with 11 varying potencies.  Both 
generic Levo tablets and Unithroid tablets are manufactured by JSP.  We began buying generic Levo from JSP and selling it to our 
customers in April 2003.  In September 2003, we began buying the branded Unithroid tablets from JSP and selling them to our 
customers.  Levo tablets are used to treat hypothyroidism and other thyroid disorders.  Levo remains one of the most prescribed drugs 
in the U.S. and is used by patients of various ages and demographic backgrounds.  We signed a distribution agreement with JSP in 
March 2004 that granted us exclusive distribution rights to Levo tablets through March 2014 (the “JSP Distribution Agreement”).  In 
June 2004, JSP received a letter from the FDA approving its supplemental application for generic bioequivalence to Levoxyl®.  In 
December 2004, JSP received a letter from the FDA approving its supplemental application for generic bioequivalence to Synthroid®. 
Net sales of Levo have grown in recent years from approximately $36.6 million in 2008 to almost $50.0 million in 2012.  In our 
distribution of these products, we compete with two branded Levo products—Abbott Laboratories’ Synthroid® and Monarch 
Pharmaceutical’s Levoxyl®— as well as generic products from Mylan and Sandoz. 

Digoxin tablets are produced and marketed with two different potencies.  This product is manufactured by JSP and we distribute it 
under the JSP Distribution Agreement.  We began buying this product from JSP and selling it to our customers in September 2002.  
Digoxin tablets are used to treat congestive heart failure in patients of various ages and demographic backgrounds.  Net sales of this 
product have increased from approximately $7.6 million in 2008 to $10.9 million in 2012. In our distribution of these products, we 
compete with three similar generic products from Caraco, Impax, and West-Ward. 

We distribute two products containing Butalbital.  We have manufactured and sold one of the products, Butalbital with Aspirin and 
Caffeine capsules, for more than 19 years.  The other Butalbital product, Butalbital with Aspirin, Caffeine and Codeine Phosphate 
capsules, is manufactured by JSP.  We began buying this product from JSP and selling it to our customers in December 2002.  Both 
Butalbital products, which are in orally administered capsule dosage forms, are prescribed to treat tension headaches caused by 
contractions of the muscles in the neck and shoulder area and migraines.  The drug is prescribed primarily for adults of various 
demographic backgrounds.  Migraine headaches are an increasingly prevalent condition in the United States.  As conditions continue 
to grow, we believe the demand for effective medical treatments will continue to grow.  Although new innovator drugs to treat 
migraine headaches have been introduced by brand name drug companies, we believe that there is still a loyal following of doctors 
and consumers who prefer to use Butalbital products for treatment. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution is produced and marketed in three different size containers.  We manufacture these solution dosage 
forms at our Cody Labs subsidiary and are currently finishing the manufacturing methods and capabilities to make the API.  This drug 
is prescribed primarily for the management of pain in adults where other products or delivery methods are not tolerable to the patient.  
As recently as March 2009, nine different companies, including Lannett, were manufacturing and/or distributing this product.  As a 
result of actions by the FDA during fiscal years 2009 and 2010 (see Item 1. Government Regulation), six of those companies, 
including Lannett, left the market by July 2010.  From July 2010 through June 2011, only one company had an approved NDA for this 
product and enjoyed market exclusivity selling it.  In June 2011, Lannett became the second approved manufacturer of this product.  
Lannett resumed sales of this product during the first fiscal quarter of 2012. 

Cocaine Topical Solution (“C-Topical”) is produced and marketed under a preliminary new drug application (“PIND”) in two 
different strengths and two different size containers.  We manufacture these liquid dosage forms at our Cody Labs subsidiary and we 
expect to complete finishing the manufacturing methods and capabilities to make the API commercially within the next fiscal year.  
Sales of C-Topical approximated 8% of Lannett’s net sales during Fiscal 2012.  This drug is utilized primarily for the anesthetization 
of the patient during ear, nose or throat surgery.  It also works as a vasoconstrictor. 

Validated Pharmaceutical Capabilities 

Our 31,000 square foot manufacturing facility sits on approximately 3.5 acres of company owned land.  In addition, we own a 63,000 
square foot building residing on approximately 3.0 acres of company owned land.  This facility is located within one mile of our 
manufacturing facility.  The facility houses packaging, research and development, and has capacity for additional manufacturing 
space, if needed.  In October 2009, we purchased a 66,000 square foot building on 7.3 acres of land, for approximately $3.8 million, 
plus the cost of fit out of approximately $2.0 million.  This facility is being used for certain administrative functions, warehouse space 
and shipping and has capacity for additional manufacturing space, if needed. 

The manufacturing facility of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Cody Labs, consists of an approximately 73,000 square foot facility 
located on approximately 15.0 acres of land in Cody, Wyoming.  Cody Labs leases the facility from Cody LCI Realty, LLC, which is 
50% owned by Lannett and 50% by an officer of Cody Labs.  Cody Labs’ manufacturing facility currently has capacity for further 
expansion, both inside and outside the existing structure. 

We have adopted many new processes in support of regulations relating to cGMPs in the last several years, and we believe we are 
operating our facilities in material compliance with the FDA’s cGMP regulations.  In designing our facilities, full attention was given 
to material flow, equipment and automation, quality control and inspection.  A granulator, an automatic film coating machine, high-
speed tablet presses, blenders, encapsulators, fluid bed dryers, high shear mixers, and high-speed bottle filling are a few examples of 
the sophisticated product development, manufacturing and packaging equipment used in the production process.  In addition, our 
Quality Control laboratory facilities are equipped with high precision instruments, such as automated liquid chromatographs, gas 
chromatographs, robots and laser particle size analyzers. 

We continue to pursue our comprehensive plan entitled “Quality by Design” for improving and maintaining quality control and quality 
assurance programs in our pharmaceutical development and manufacturing facilities.  The FDA periodically inspects our production 
facilities to determine our compliance with the FDA’s manufacturing standards.  Typically, after completing its inspection, the FDA 
will issue a report, entitled a “Form 483”, containing observations arising from an inspection.  The FDA’s observations may be minor 
or severe in nature and the degree of severity is generally determined by the time necessary to remediate the cGMP violation, any 
consequences to the consumer of the products, and whether the observation is subject to a Warning Letter from the FDA.  By strictly 
complying with cGMPs and the various FDA guidelines, and Good Laboratory Practices (“GLPs”), as well as adherence to our 
Standard Operating Procedures, we have successfully minimized the number of observations in our FDA inspections in recent years, 
and in 70 years of business have never received a cGMP Warning Letter. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and Development Process 

Over the past several years, we have heavily invested in R&D projects, including new generic product offerings.  The costs of these 
R&D efforts are expensed during the periods incurred.  We believe that such costs may be recovered in future years when we receive 
marketing approval from the FDA to distribute such products.  In addition to using cash generated from our operations, we have 
entered into financing agreements with third parties to provide additional cash when needed.  These financing agreements are more 
fully described in the section entitled “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 7 of this Form 10-K.  We have embarked on a plan 
to grow in future years, which includes organic growth to be achieved through R&D efforts, as well as efforts in our Specialty Pharma 
unit which has initiated marketing projects in order to expand future revenue.  We expect that our growing list of generic products 
under development will drive future growth.  Over the past several years, we have hired additional personnel in product development, 
production, formulation and the R&D laboratory.  We also intend to use our R&D infrastructure to continually devote resources to 
additional R&D projects.  The following steps outline the numerous stages in the generic drug development process: 

1.)  Formulation and Analytical Method Development.  After a drug candidate is selected for future sale, product development 

scientists perform various experiments on the incorporation of active ingredients into a dosage form.  These experiments will 
result in the creation of a number of product formulations to determine which formula will be most suitable for our 
subsequent development process.  Various formulations are tested in the laboratory to measure results against the innovator 
drug.  During this time, we may use reverse engineering methods on samples of the innovator drug to determine the type and 
quantity of inactive ingredients.  During the formulation phase, our R&D chemists begin to develop an analytical, laboratory 
testing method.  The successful development of this test method will allow us to test developmental and commercial batches 
of the product in the future.  All of the information used in the final formulation, including the analytical test methods 
adopted for the generic drug candidate, will be included as part of the Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls section of the 
ANDA submitted to the FDA in the generic drug application. 

2.)  Scale-up.  After product development scientists and the R&D chemists agree on a final formulation for use in moving the 
drug candidate forward in the developmental process, we then attempt to increase the batch size of the product.  The batch 
size represents the standard magnitude to be used in manufacturing a batch of the product.  The determination of batch size 
affects the amount of raw material that is input into the manufacturing process and the number of expected dosages to be 
created during the production cycle.  We attempt to determine batch size based on the amount of active ingredient in each 
dosage, the available production equipment and unit sales projections.  The scaled-up batch is then generally produced in our 
commercial manufacturing facilities.  During this manufacturing process, we document the equipment used, the amount of 
time in each major processing step and any other steps needed to consistently produce a batch of that product.  This 
information, generally referred to as the validated manufacturing process, is included in the ANDA submitted to the FDA. 

3.)  Clinical testing.  After a successful scale-up of the generic drug batch, we schedule and perform bioequivalency, and in some 

cases clinical, testing procedures on the product if required by the FDA.  These procedures, which are generally outsourced 
to third parties, include testing the absorption of the generic product in the human bloodstream compared to the absorption of 
the innovator drug.  The results of this testing are then documented and reported to us to determine the “success” of the 
generic drug product.  Success, in this context, means that we are able to demonstrate that our product is comparable to the 
innovator product in dosage form, strength, route of administration, quality, performance characteristics and intended use.  
Since bioequivalence (meaning that the product performs in the same manner and in the same amount of time as the 
innovator drug) and a stable formula are the primary requirements for a generic drug approval (assuming the manufacturing 
plant is in compliance with the FDA’s cGMPs), lengthy and costly clinical trials proving safety and efficacy, which are 
required by the FDA for innovator drug approvals, are typically unnecessary for generic companies.  If the results are 
successful, we will continue the collection of documentation and information for assembly of the drug application. 

4.)  Submission of the ANDA for FDA review and approval.  The ANDA process became formalized under The Drug Price 

Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, also known as the Hatch-Waxman Act (“Hatch-Waxman Act”).  The 
Hatch-Waxman Act amended the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”) to permit the FDA to review and approve 
an ANDA for a generic equivalent of a new drug product, which previously received FDA approval through its new drug 
approval process, without having the generic drug company conduct costly clinical trials. An ANDA is a comprehensive 
submission that contains, among other things, data and information pertaining to the active pharmaceutical ingredient, drug 
product formulation, specifications and stability of the generic drug, as well as analytical methods, manufacturing process 
validation data, and quality control procedures. 

According to information obtained from the FDA, the current FDA average review time for ANDAs exceeds 33 months.  While we 
have received approval for some of our ANDAs in 14 months, we have also waited longer than 36 months before receiving approval.  
Subsequently, the FDA advised that electronic submissions of applications may shorten the approval process.  We currently file our 
ANDAs and NDAs electronically.  ANDAs and NDAs submitted for our products may not receive FDA approval on a timely basis. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
When a generic drug company files an ANDA with the FDA, it must certify that no patents are listed in the Orange Book, the FDA’s 
reference listing of approved drugs and listed patents.  An ANDA filer must certify, with respect to each application whether the filer 
is challenging a patent, either (i) that no patent was filed for the listed drug (a “paragraph I” certification), (ii) that the patent has 
expired (a “paragraph II” certification), (iii) that the patent will expire on a specified date and the ANDA filer will not market the drug 
until that date (a “paragraph III” certification), or (iv) that the patent is invalid or would not be infringed by the manufacture, use, or 
sale of the new drug (a “paragraph IV” certification). A paragraph IV certification must be provided to each owner of the patent that is 
the subject of the certification and to the holder of the approved ANDA to which the ANDA refers.  A paragraph IV certification can 
trigger an automatic 30 month stay of the ANDA if the innovator company files a claim which would delay the approval of the generic 
company’s ANDA.  Currently, we have filed no paragraph IV certifications with our ANDAs. 

Sales and Customer Relationships 

We sell our pharmaceutical products to generic pharmaceutical distributors, drug wholesalers, chain drug retailers, private label 
distributors, mail-order pharmacies, other pharmaceutical manufacturers, managed care organizations, hospital buying groups, 
governmental entities and health maintenance organizations.  We promote our products through direct sales, trade shows, trade 
publications and bids. 

We continue to expand our sales to major chain drug stores.  Our policies of maintaining an adequate inventory, employing a 
responsive order filling system and prioritizing timely fulfillment of those orders have contributed to a strong reputation among our 
customers as a dependable supplier of high quality generic pharmaceuticals. 

Some of our new generic products were developed and are manufactured by us while other products were developed and 
manufactured by other companies.  The products currently manufactured by us and those manufactured by others are identified in the 
section entitled “Current Products” in Item 1 of this Form 10-K. 

Management 

We have been focused on increasing the size and quality of our management team in anticipation of continuing our growth.  We have 
hired experienced personnel from large, established, brand pharmaceutical companies as well as competing generic companies to 
complement the skills and knowledge of the existing management team.  As we continue to grow, additional personnel may need to be 
added to our management team.  We intend to hire the best people available to expand the knowledge base and expertise within our 
personnel ranks. 

Current Products 

As of the date of this filing, we manufactured and/or distributed the following products: 

  Acetazolamide Tablets 
  Amantadine SoftGel Capsules 
  Butalbital, Aspirin and Caffeine Capsules 
  Butalbital, Aspirin, Caffeine with Codeine Phosphate Capsules 
  Clindamycin HCl Capsules 
  C-Topical ™ Solution 
  Danazol Capsules 
  Dicyclomine Tablets 
  Dicyclomine Capsules 

Name of Product 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10    Diethylpropion HCl IR and ER Tablets 
11    Digoxin Tablets 
12    Doxycycline Tablets 
13    Doxycycline Hyclate Tablets 
14    Fluphenazine Tablets 
15    Hydrochlorothiazide Capsules 
16    Hydrochlorothiazide Tablet 
17    Hydromorphone HCl Tablets 
18    Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets 
19    Loxapine Succinate Capsules 
20    Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution 

Medical Indication 
Glaucoma 
Parkinson’s Disease 
Migraine Headache 
Migraine Headache 
Antibiotic 
Anesthetic 
Endometriosis 
Irritable Bowels 
Irritable Bowels 
Obesity 

  Congestive Heart Failure 

Antibiotic 
Antibiotic 
Antipsychotic 
Diruretic 
Diuretic 
Pain Management 
Thyroid Deficiency 
Antipsychotic 
Pain Management 

8 

Equivalent Brand 
Diamox® 
Symmetrel ® 
Fiorinal® 
Fiorinal w/ Codeine #3® 
Cleocin® 
N/A 
Danocrine® 
Bentyl® 
Bentyl® 
Tenuate® and Dospan® 
Lanoxin® 
Adoxa® 
Periostat® 
Prolixin® 
Microzide® 
Hydrodiuril® 
Dilaudid® 
Levoxyl®/ Synthroid® 
Loxitane® 
N/A 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21    Oxycodone HCl Oral Solution 
22    Phentermine HCl Tablets 
23    Phentermine HCl Capsules 
24    Pilocarpine HCl Tablets 
25    Primidone Tablets 
26    Probenecid Tablets 
27    Rifampin Capsules 
28    Terbutaline Sulfate Tablets 
29    Triamterene w/Hydrochlorothiazide Capsules 
30    Unithroid® Tablet 
31    Ursodiol Capsules 

Pain Management 
Obesity 
Obesity 
Dryness of the Mouth 
Epilepsy 
Gout 
Antibiotic 
Bronchospasms 
Hypertension 
Thyroid Deficiency 
Gallstone 

Roxicodone® 
Adipex-P® 
Fastin® 
Salagen® 
Mysoline® 
Benemid® 
Rifadin® 
Brethine® 
Dyazide® 
N/A 
Actigall ® 

Unlike the branded, innovator companies, we do not develop new molecules.  However, we have filed and received two patents for 
APIs at our Cody, Wyoming manufacturing facility, with an additional patent pending. 

In fiscal years 2012 and 2011, we received eight and two ANDA approvals from the FDA, respectively.  Additionally, we received 
one NDA approval from the FDA in FY2011.  The following summary contains more specific details regarding our latest ANDA and 
NDA approvals.  Market data was obtained from Wolters Kluwer. 

In July 2010, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Phentermine Hydrochloride Blue/White Seed 
Capsules USP, 30 mg, the generic equivalent of Sandoz’s Reference Listed Drug (“RLD”) Phentermine Hcl Capsules USP, 30 mg.  
According to Wolters Kluwer, U.S. sales of Phentermine Hcl Capsules USP, 30 mg in 2009 were approximately $36.5 million at 
Average Wholesale Price (“AWP”).  This does not include sales of Phentermine made directly to consumers through clinics.  
Phentermine Hcl is indicated as a short-term adjunct in a regimen of weight reduction based on exercise, behavioral modification and 
caloric restriction in the management of exogenous obesity for patients with an initial body mass index > 30 kg/m2, or > 27 kg/m2 in 
the presence of other risk factors (e.g., hypertension, diabetes, and hyperlipidemia). 

In August 2010, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Ondansetron Injection USP, 2 mg/mL, Single-
Dose Vials.  Ondansetron Injection USP, 2 mg/mL is the generic version of GlaxoSmithKline’s Zofran Injection, 2 mg/mL.  
Ondansetron Injection, USP 2 mg/mL is indicated for the prevention of postoperative nausea and vomiting and for the prevention of 
chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting.  For the 12 months ended December 2009, Ondansetron Injection USP, 2 mg/mL had 
U.S. sales of approximately $58.0 million at AWP. 

In June 2011, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution.  Sales of 
Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution for the last 12 months at AWP were approximately $31.7 million.  The Company commenced 
shipping shortly after product approval. 

In July 2011, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Diethylproprion HCl Tablets, 25 mg.  
Diethylproprion HCl Tablets, 25 mg, is therapeutically equivalent to the reference listed drug, Tenuate® Tablets, 25 mg, of Watson 
Pharmaceuticals.  Retail pharmacy sales of Diethyloproprion HCl Tablets, 25 mg, at AWP were approximately $3.3 million for the 
year ending May, 2011.  Additional sales of this drug are made through bariatric clinics. 

In July 2011, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Phentermine HCl capsules, 37.5 mg.  
Phentermine HCl capsules, 37.5 mg, is therapeutically equivalent to the reference listed drug, Adipex-P® Capsules, 37.5 mg, of Teva 
Pharmaceuticals USA.  Sales of Phentermine HCl Capsules, 37.5 mg, at AWP were approximately $8.8 million for the year ending 
May 2011.  Additional sales of this drug are made through bariatric centers. 

In July 2011, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Phentermine Resin Extended-Release Capsules, 
15 mg and 30 mg.  Phentermine Resin Extended-Release Capsules, 15 mg and 30 mg, are therapeutically equivalent to the reference 
listed drug, Ionamin® Capsules, 15 mg and 30 mg, of UCB Inc.  This product was not launched due to a loss of an ingredient supplier. 

In September 2011, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Loxapine Succinate Capsules, 5 mg, 10 
mg, 25 mg, and 50 mg.  Loxapine Capsules, 5 mg, 10 mg, 25 mg, and 50 mg are therapeutically equivalent to the reference listed 
drug, Loxitane® Capsules, 5 mg, 10 mg, 25 mg, and 50 mg from Watson Pharmaceuticals.  Retail pharmacy sales of Loxapine 
Capsules at AWP were approximately $22.3 million for the 12-month period ending June 2011. 

In October 2011, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Diethylpropion HCl Extended Release 
Tablets, 75 mg.  Sales of Diethylpropion HCl Extended Release Tablets, 75 mg, at AWP were approximately $7.6 million on an 
annual basis.  Diethylpropion HCl, as with most anti-obesity drugs, primarily is sold to bariatric clinics. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In December 2011, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Triamterene with Hydrochlorothiazide 
37.5/25 mg Capsules.  Triamterene with Hydrochlorothiazide 37.5/25 mg Capsules is therapeutically equivalent to the reference listed 
drug, Dyazide® Capsules, 25/37.5 mg, of SmithKline Beecham.  Sales of Triamterene Hydrochlorothiazide 37.5/25 mg Capsules, at 
AWP were approximately $111.0 million for the 12 months ending October 2011. 

In January 2012, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Hydrochlorothiazide Capsules, 12.5 mg.  
Hydrochlorothiazide Capsules, 12.5 mg, is therapeutically equivalent to the reference listed drug, Microzide® Capsules, 12.5 mg, of 
Watson Pharmaceuticals.  Sales of Hydrochlorothiazide Capsules, 12.5 mg, at AWP were approximately $204.0 million for the 12 
months ending October 2011.  Hydrochlorothiazide is indicated in the management of hypertension. 

In January 2012, we received a letter from the FDA with approval of a supplemental Abbreviated New Drug Application for 
Phentermine HCl Capsules, 15 mg.  Sales of Phentermine HCl Capsules, 15 mg, at AWP were approximately $11.0 million for the 
year ending December 2011.  Additional sales of this drug are made through bariatric centers. 

We have additional products currently under development.  These products are either orally administered, solid-dosage products (i.e. 
tablet/capsule) or oral solutions, topicals or parentarels designed to be generic equivalents to brand named innovator drugs.  Our 
developmental drug products are intended to treat a diverse range of indications. The products under development are at various stages 
in the development cycle—formulation, scale-up, clinical testing and FDA review. 

The cost associated with each product that we are currently developing is dependent on numerous factors, including but not limited to, 
the complexity of the active ingredient’s chemical characteristics, the price of the raw materials and the FDA-mandated requirement 
of bioequivalence studies (depending on the FDA’s Orange Book classification).  The average estimated cost to develop a new generic 
product ranges from approximately $0.1 million to $1.7 million. 

In addition, we currently own several ANDAs that are dormant for products which we currently do not manufacture and market.  
Occasionally, we review such ANDAs to determine if the market potential for any of these older drugs has recently changed to make 
it attractive for us to reconsider manufacturing and selling.  If we decide to introduce one of these products into the consumer market, 
we must review the original ANDA and related documentation to ensure that the approved product specifications, formulation and 
other factors meet current FDA requirements for the marketing of the applicable drug.  Generally, in these situations, we file a 
supplement to the FDA for the applicable ANDA, informing the FDA of any significant changes in the manufacturing process, the 
formulation, the raw material supplier or another major feature of the previously approved ANDA.  We would then redevelop the 
product and submit it to the FDA for supplemental approval.  The FDA’s approval process for an ANDA supplement is similar to that 
of a new ANDA. 

In addition to the efforts of our internal product development group, we have contracted with several outside firms for the formulation 
and development of several new generic drug products.  These outsourced R&D products are at various stages in the development 
cycle—formulation, analytical method development, and testing and manufacturing scale-up.  These products include orally 
administered solid dosage products, injectables and nasal delivery products that are intended to treat a diverse range of medical 
indications.  We intend to ultimately transfer the formulation technology and manufacturing process for some of these R&D products 
to our own commercial manufacturing sites.  We initiated these outsourced R&D efforts to complement the progress of our own 
internal R&D efforts. 

The majority of our R&D projects are being developed in-house under our direct supervision and with our own personnel.  
Accordingly, we do not believe that our outside contracts for product development or manufacturing supply are material in nature, nor 
are we substantially dependent on the services rendered by such outside firms.  Since we have no control over the FDA review 
process, our management is unable to anticipate whether or when it will be able to begin producing and shipping such additional 
products. 

The following table summarizes key information related to our R&D products.  The column headings are defined as follows: 

1.)  Stage of R&D — defines the current stage of the R&D product in the development process, as of the date of this 

Form 10-K. 

2.)  Regulatory Requirement — defines whether the R&D product is or is expected to be a new ANDA submission, an 

ANDA supplement, or a grand-fathered product not requiring specific FDA approval. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.)  Number of Products — defines the number of products in R&D at the stage noted.  In this context, a product means any 

finished dosage form, including all potencies, containing the same API or combination of APIs and which represents a 
generic version of the same Reference Listed Drug (“RLD”) or innovator drug, identified in the FDA’s Orange Book. 

Stage of R&D 
FDA Review ...........................................  
FDA Review ...........................................  
Clinical Testing .......................................  
Scale-Up .................................................  
Scale-Up .................................................  
Formulation/Method Development .........  

Regulatory Requirement 
ANDA 
ANDA supplement 
ANDA 
ANDA 
ANDA supplement 
ANDA 

Number of Products 
14 
5 
3 
19 
3 
11 

We incurred R&D expenses of approximately $11.8 million in fiscal year 2012, $8.6 million in fiscal year 2011, and $11.3 million in 
fiscal year 2010.  The R&D spending includes spending on bioequivalence studies, internal development resources as well as 
outsourced development.  While we manage all R&D from our principal executive office in Philadelphia, we have also been taking 
advantage of favorable development costs in other countries.  We have strategic partnerships with various companies that either act as 
contract research organizations or API suppliers as well as dosage form manufacturers.  In addition, U.S.-based research organizations 
have been engaged for product development to enhance our internal development.  Fixed payment arrangements are established with 
Lannett and these development partners, and can range up to $0.9 million to develop a drug, and in some cases include a royalty 
provision.  Development payments are normally scheduled in advance, based on attaining development milestones. 

Raw Materials and Finished Goods Inventory Suppliers 

Our use of raw materials in the production process consists of using pharmaceutical chemicals in various forms that are generally 
available from several sources.  FDA approval is required in connection with the process of using most active ingredient suppliers.  In 
addition to the raw materials we purchase for the production process, we purchase certain finished dosage inventories, including 
capsule, tablet and oral liquid products.  We sell these finished dosage products directly to our customers along with the finished 
dosage products manufactured in-house.  If suppliers of a certain material or finished product are limited, we will generally take 
certain precautionary steps to avoid a disruption in supply, such as finding a secondary supplier or ordering larger quantities. 

Our primary finished product inventory supplier is JSP in Bohemia, New York.  Purchases of finished goods inventory from JSP 
accounted for approximately 64% of our inventory purchases in fiscal year 2012, 64% in fiscal year 2011 and 77% in fiscal year 2010.  
On March 23, 2004, we entered into the JSP Distribution Agreement for the exclusive distribution rights in the United States to the 
current line of JSP products in exchange for 4.0 million shares of our common stock.  The products covered under the JSP Distribution 
Agreement include Butalbital, Aspirin, Caffeine with Codeine Phosphate Capsules, Digoxin Tablets and Levo Tablets, sold 
generically and under the brand name Unithroid®.  The initial term of the JSP Distribution Agreement is ten years, beginning on 
March 23, 2004 and continuing through March 22, 2014.  See Note 22 to our consolidated financial statements for more information 
on the terms, conditions and financial impact of the JSP Distribution Agreement. 

During the term of the JSP Distribution Agreement, we are required to use commercially reasonable efforts to purchase minimum 
dollar quantities of JSP’s products that we distribute.  The minimum quantity to be purchased in the first year of the JSP Distribution 
Agreement was $15.0 million.  Thereafter, the minimum purchase quantity increases by $1.0 million per year up to $24.0 million for 
the last year of the JSP Distribution Agreement.  We have met each applicable minimum purchase requirement to date, but there is no 
guarantee that we will be able to continue to do so in the future.  If we do not meet the minimum purchase requirements, JSP’s sole 
remedy is to terminate the JSP Distribution Agreement. 

We have entered into definitive supply and development agreements with certain international companies, including Wintac of India, 
Orion Pharma of Finland, Azad Pharma AG, Swiss Caps of Switzerland, and Pharma 2B (formerly Pharmaseed) and The GC Group 
of Israel, as well as certain domestic companies, including JSP, Banner Pharmacaps, Cerovene, and Summit Bioscience LLC.  We are 
currently in negotiations on similar agreements with other international companies, through which we will market and distribute future 
products manufactured in-house or by third parties.  We intend to capitalize on our strong customer relationships to build market share 
for such products, and increase future revenues and income. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customers and Marketing 

We sell our products primarily to wholesale distributors, generic drug distributors, mail-order pharmacies, group purchasing 
organizations, chain drug stores and other pharmaceutical companies.  The pharmaceutical industry’s largest wholesale distributors, 
McKesson, Cardinal Health and Amerisource Bergen, accounted for 9%, 12%, and 11%, respectively, of our net sales in fiscal year 
2012 and 9%, 6% and 10%, respectively, of our net sales in fiscal year 2011.  Our largest chain drug store customer, Walgreens, 
accounted for 18% and 17% of net sales in fiscal year 2012 and fiscal year 2011, respectively.  We perform ongoing credit evaluations 
of our customers’ financial condition, and have experienced no significant collection problems to date.  Generally, we require no 
collateral from our customers. 

Sales to wholesale customers include “indirect sales,” which represent sales to third-party entities, such as independent pharmacies, 
managed care organizations, hospitals, nursing homes, and group purchasing organizations, collectively referred to as “indirect 
customers.”  We enter into definitive agreements with our indirect customers to establish pricing for certain covered products.  Under 
such agreements, the indirect customers independently select a wholesaler from which to purchase the products at these agreed-upon 
prices.  We will provide credit to the wholesaler for the difference between the agreed-upon price with the indirect customer and the 
wholesaler’s invoice price.  This credit is called a “chargeback.”  For more information on chargebacks, see the section entitled 
“Chargebacks” in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this 
Form 10-K.  These indirect sale transactions are recorded on our books as sales to the wholesale customers. 

We promote our products through direct sales, trade shows and group purchasing organizations bidding processes.  We also market 
our products through private label arrangements, under which we manufacture our products with a label containing the name and logo 
of our customer.  This practice is commonly referred to as “private label business.”  Private label business allows us to leverage our 
internal sales efforts by using the marketing services from other well-respected pharmaceutical dosage suppliers.  The focus of our 
sales efforts is the relationships we create with our customer accounts.  Strong and dependable customer relationships have created a 
positive platform for us to increase our sales volumes.  Advertising in the generic pharmaceutical industry is generally limited to trade 
publications, read by retail pharmacists, wholesale purchasing agents and other pharmaceutical decision-makers.  Historically and in 
fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, our advertising expenses were immaterial.  When our sales representatives make contact with a 
customer, we will generally offer to supply the customer our products at fixed prices.  If accepted, the customer’s purchasing 
department will coordinate the purchase, receipt and distribution of the products throughout its distribution centers and retail outlets.  
Once a customer accepts our supply of a product, the customer typically expects a high standard of service, including timely receipt of 
products ordered, availability of convenient, user-friendly and effective customer service functions and maintaining open lines of 
communication. 

We believe that retail-level consumer demand dictates the total volume of sales for various products.  In the event that wholesale and 
retail customers adjust their purchasing volumes, we believe that consumer demand will be fulfilled by other wholesale or retail 
sources of supply.  As a result, we attempt to develop and maintain strong relationships with most of the major retail chains, wholesale 
distributors and mail-order pharmacies in order to facilitate the supply of our products through whatever channel the consumer prefers.  
Although we have agreements with customers governing the transaction terms of our sales, generally there are no minimum purchase 
quantities applicable to these agreements. 

Competition 

The manufacturing and distribution of generic pharmaceutical products is a highly competitive industry.  Competition is based 
primarily on price.  In addition to competitive pricing our competitive advantages are our ability to provide strong and dependable 
customer service by maintaining adequate inventory levels, employing a responsive order filling system and prioritizing timely 
fulfillment of orders.  We ensure that our products are available from national suppliers as well as our own warehouse.  The 
modernization of our facilities, hiring of experienced staff and implementation of inventory and quality control programs have 
improved our competitive cost position over the past five years. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We compete with other manufacturers and marketers of generic and brand name drugs.  Each product manufactured and/or sold by us 
has a different set of competitors.  The list below identifies the companies with which we primarily compete with respect to each of 
our major products. 

Product 

Primary Competitors 

Butalbital with Aspirin and Caffeine, with and without 
Codeine Phosphate Capsules ...............................................................  

  Watson and Breckenridge 

C-Topical™ Solution ...........................................................................  

  Alternative products to meet the need 

Digoxin Tablets ....................................................................................  

  GlaxoSmithKline, Impax, West-Ward and Caraco 

Doxycycline Hyclate and Monohydrate Tablets ..................................  

  Par, Mylan, Sandoz and Ranbaxy 

Hydromorphone HCl Tablets ...............................................................  

  Mallinckrodt, Roxane and Purdue 

Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets ............................................................  

  Abbott, Monarch, Mylan and Sandoz 

Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution ...........................................................  

  Roxane and Mallinckrodt 

Primidone Tablets ................................................................................  

  Watson, Qualitest, West-Ward, Amneal and Impax 

Rifampin Capsules ...............................................................................  

  Sandoz and Versapharm 

Triamterene w/Hydrochlorothiazide ....................................................  

  Sandoz and Mylan 

Unithroid® Tablets ..............................................................................  

  Abbott, Monarch, Mylan and Sandoz 

Ursodiol Capsules ................................................................................  

  Corepharma, Epic, Mylan, Teva and Watson 

Government Regulation 

Pharmaceutical manufacturers are subject to extensive regulation by the federal government, principally by the FDA, and, in cases of 
controlled drugs the DEA, and to a lesser extent by other federal regulatory bodies and state governments.  The FDCA, the Controlled 
Substance Act (the “CSA”) and other federal statutes and regulations govern or influence the testing, manufacture, safety, labeling, 
storage, record keeping, approval, pricing, advertising, and promotion of our generic drug products. Noncompliance with applicable 
regulations can result in fines, recall and seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, personal and/or corporate 
prosecution and debarment, and refusal of the government to approve new drug applications.  The FDA also has the authority to 
revoke previously approved drug products. 

Generally, FDA approval is required before a prescription drug can be marketed.  A new drug is one not generally recognized by 
qualified experts as safe and effective for its intended use.  New drugs are typically developed and submitted to the FDA by 
companies expecting to brand the product and sell it.  The FDA review process for new drugs is very extensive and requires a 
substantial investment to research and test the drug candidate.  However, less burdensome approval procedures are generally used for 
generic equivalents.  Typically, the investment required to develop a generic drug is less costly than the innovator drug. 

There are currently three ways to obtain FDA approval of a drug: 

•  New Drug Applications (NDA):  Unless one of the two procedures discussed in the following sections is available, a 

manufacturer must conduct and submit to the FDA complete clinical studies to establish a drug’s safety and efficacy. The 
new drug approval process generally involves: 

• 

• 

completion of preclinical laboratory and animal testing in compliance with the FDA’s GLP regulations; 

submission to the FDA of an Investigational New Drug (“IND”) application for human clinical testing, which 
must become effective before human clinical trials may begin; 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the 
proposed drug product for each intended use; 

satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the facility or facilities at which the product is 
produced to assess compliance with the FDA’s cGMP regulations; and 

• 

submission to and approval by the FDA of an NDA. 

The results of preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, are submitted to the 
FDA as part of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. Further, each clinical 
trial must be reviewed and approved by an independent Institutional Review Board. Human clinical trials are 
typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap. These phases generally include: 

• 

• 

• 

Phase I, during which the drug is introduced into healthy human subjects or, on occasion, patients and is tested 
for safety, stability, dose tolerance, and metabolism; 

Phase II, during which the drug is introduced into a limited patient population to determine the efficacy of the 
product in specific targeted indications, to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage, and to identify 
possible adverse effects and safety risks; and 

Phase III, during which the clinical trial is expanded to a larger and more diverse patient group at 
geographically dispersed clinical trial sites to further evaluate clinical efficacy, optimal dosage, and safety. 

The drug sponsor, the FDA, or the independent Institutional Review Board at each institution at which a clinical trial 
is being performed may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the subjects 
are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. 

The results of preclinical animal studies and human clinical studies, together with other detailed information, are 
submitted to the FDA as part of the NDA. The NDA also must contain extensive manufacturing information. The 
FDA may approve or disapprove the NDA if applicable FDA regulatory criteria are not satisfied or it may require 
additional clinical data. Once approved, the FDA may withdraw the product approval if compliance with pre- and 
post-market regulatory standards is not maintained or if problems occur or are identified after the product reaches 
the marketplace. In addition, the FDA may require post-marketing studies to monitor the effect of approved products 
and may limit further marketing of the product based on the results of these post-marketing studies.  The FDA has 
broad post-market regulatory and enforcement powers, including the ability to levy fines and civil penalties, suspend 
or delay issuance of approvals, seize or recall products, and withdraw approvals. 

Satisfaction of FDA new drug approval requirements typically takes several years, and the actual time required may 
vary substantially based upon the type, complexity, and novelty of the product or disease.  Government regulation 
may delay or prevent marketing of potential products for a considerable period of time and impose costly procedures 
upon a manufacturer’s activities. Success in early stage clinical trials does not assure success in later stage clinical 
trials.  Data obtained from clinical activities is not always conclusive and may be subject to varying interpretations 
that could delay, limit, or prevent regulatory approval. Even if a product receives regulatory approval, later 
discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product or even complete 
withdrawal of the product from the market. 

•  Abbreviated New Drug Applications (ANDA):  An ANDA is similar to an NDA except that the FDA generally waives the 
requirement of complete clinical studies of safety and efficacy.  However, it may require bioavailability and bioequivalence 
studies.  Bioavailability indicates the rate of absorption and levels of concentration of a drug in the bloodstream needed to 
produce a therapeutic effect.  Bioequivalence compares one drug product with another and indicates if the rate of absorption 
and the levels of concentration of a generic drug in the body are within prescribed statistical limits to those of a previously 
approved drug.  Under the Hatch-Waxman Act, an ANDA may be submitted for a drug on the basis that it is the equivalent of 
an approved drug regardless of when such other drug was approved.  The FDA will approve the generic product as suitable 
for an ANDA application if it finds that the generic product does not raise new questions of safety and effectiveness as 
compared to the innovator product.  A product is not eligible for ANDA approval if the FDA determines that it is not 
equivalent to the referenced innovator drug, if it is intended for a different use, or if it is not subject to an approved Suitability 
Petition.  However, such a product might be approved under an NDA, with supportive data from clinical trials. 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition to establishing a new ANDA procedure, the Hatch-Waxman Act created statutory protections for approved brand 
name drugs.  Under the Hatch-Waxman Act, an ANDA for a generic drug may not be made effective until all relevant 
product and use patents for the brand name drug have expired or have been determined to be invalid.  Prior to this act, the 
FDA gave no consideration to the patent status of a previously approved drug. Upon NDA approval, the FDA lists in its 
Orange Book the approved drug product and any patents identified by the NDA applicant that relate to the drug product. Any 
applicant who files an ANDA seeking approval of a generic equivalent version of a drug listed in the FDA’s Orange Book 
before expiration of the referenced patent(s), must certify to the FDA that (1) no patent information on the drug product that 
is the subject of the ANDA has been submitted to the FDA; (2) such patent has expired; (3) the date on which such patent 
expires; or (4) such patent is invalid or will not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use, or sale of the drug product for 
which the ANDA is submitted. This last certification is known as a Paragraph IV certification. A notice of the Paragraph IV 
certification must be provided to each owner of the patent that is the subject of the certification and to the holder of the 
approved NDA to which the ANDA refers. Before the enactment of the Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and 
Modernization Act of 2003 (the “MMA”), which amended the Hatch-Waxman Act, if the NDA holder or patent 
owner(s) asserted a patent challenge within 45 days of its receipt of the certification notice, the FDA was prevented from 
approving that ANDA until the earlier of 30 months from the receipt of the notice of the paragraph IV certification, the 
expiration of the patent, when the infringement case concerning each such patent was favorably decided in an ANDA 
applicant’s favor, or such shorter or longer period as may be ordered by a court. This prohibition is generally referred to as 
the 30-month stay. In some cases, NDA owners and patent holders have obtained additional patents for their products after an 
ANDA had been filed but before that ANDA received final marketing approval, and then initiated a new patent challenge, 
which resulted in more than one 30-month stay.  The MMA amended the Hatch-Waxman Act to eliminate certain unfair 
advantages of patent holders in the implementation of the Hatch-Waxman Act. As a result, the NDA owner remains entitled 
to an automatic 30-month stay if it initiates a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of its receipt of notice of a paragraph 
IV certification, but only if the patent infringement lawsuit is directed to patents that were listed in the FDA’s Orange Book 
before the ANDA was filed. An ANDA applicant is now permitted to take legal action to enjoin or prohibit the listing of 
certain of these patents as a counterclaim in response to a claim by the NDA owner that its patent covers its approved drug 
product. 

If an ANDA applicant is the first-to-file a substantially complete ANDA with a paragraph IV certification and provides 
appropriate notice to the FDA, the NDA holder, and all patent owner(s) for a particular generic product, the applicant may be 
awarded a 180-day period of marketing exclusivity against other companies that subsequently file ANDAs for that same 
product. A substantially complete ANDA is one that contains all the information required by the Hatch-Waxman Act and the 
FDA’s regulations, including the results of any required bioequivalence studies. The FDA may refuse to accept the filing of 
an ANDA that is not substantially complete or may determine during substantive review of the ANDA that additional 
information, such as an additional bioequivalence study, is required to support approval. Such a determination may affect an 
applicant’s first to file status and eligibility for a 180-day period of marketing exclusivity for the generic product. The MMA 
also modified the rules governing when the 180-day marketing exclusivity period is triggered or forfeited and shared. Prior to 
the legislation, the 180-day marketing exclusivity period was triggered upon the first commercial marketing of the ANDA or 
a court decision holding the patent invalid, unenforceable, or not infringed. For ANDAs accepted for filing before 
March 2000, that court decision had to be final and non-appealable (other than a petition to the U.S. Supreme Court for a writ 
of certiorari). In March 2000, the FDA changed its position in response to two court cases that challenged the FDA’s original 
interpretation of what constituted a court decision under the Hatch-Waxman Act. Under the changed policy, the 180-day 
marketing exclusivity period began running immediately upon a district court decision holding the patent at issue invalid, 
unenforceable, or not infringed, regardless of whether the ANDA had been approved and the generic product had been 
marketed. In codifying the FDA’s original policy, the MMA retroactively applies a final and non-appealable court decision 
trigger for all ANDAs filed before December 8, 2003 leaving intact the first commercial marketing trigger. As for ANDAs 
filed after December 8, 2003, the marketing exclusivity period is only triggered upon the first commercial marketing of the 
ANDA product, but that exclusivity may be forfeited under certain circumstances, including, if the ANDA is not marketed 
within 75 days after a final and non-appealable court decision by the first-to-file or other ANDA applicant, or if the FDA 
does not tentatively approve the first-to-file applicant’s ANDA within 30 months. 

In addition to patent exclusivity, the holder of the NDA for the listed drug may be entitled to a period of non-patent market 
exclusivity, during which the FDA cannot approve an ANDA. If the listed drug is a new chemical entity (“NCE”), the FDA 
may not accept an ANDA for a bioequivalent product for up to five years following approval of the NDA for the NCE.  If the 
listed drug is not a new chemical entity but the holder of the NDA conducted clinical trials essential to approval of the NDA 
or a supplement thereto, the FDA may not approve an ANDA for a bioequivalent product before expiration of three years. 
Certain other periods of exclusivity may be available if the listed drug is indicated for treatment of a rare disease or is studied 
for pediatric indications. 

15 

 
 
 
 
• 

Section 505(b)(2) New Drug Applications:  For a drug that is identical to a drug first approved after 1962, a prospective 
manufacturer need not go through the full NDA procedure.  Instead, it may demonstrate safety and efficacy by relying on 
published literature and reports where at least some of information required for approval comes from studies not conducted 
by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference.  The Hatch-Waxman Act permits the 
applicant to rely upon certain preclinical or clinical studies conducted for an approved product.  The manufacturer must also 
submit, if the FDA so requires, bioavailability or bioequivalence data illustrating that the generic drug formulation produces 
the same effects, within an acceptable range, as the previously approved innovator drug.  Because published literature to 
support the safety and efficacy of post-1962 drugs may not be available, this procedure is of limited utility to generic drug 
manufacturers and the resulting approved product will not be interchangeable with the innovator drug as an ANDA drug 
would be unless bioeqivalency testing were undertaken and approved by FDA.  Moreover, the utility of 
Section 505(b)(2) applications have with the exception of “Grandfathered drugs”  been diminished by the availability of the 
ANDA process, as described above. 

Additionally, certain products, marketed prior to the FDCA may be considered GRASE (“Generally Recognized As Safe and 
Effective”) or Grandfathered.  GRASE products are those “old drugs that do not require prior approval from FDA in order to be 
marketed because they are generally recognized as safe and effective based on published scientific literature.”  Similarly, 
Grandfathered products are those which “entered the market before the passage of the 1938 act or the 1962 amendments to the act.”  
Under the grandfather clause, such a product is exempted from the “effectiveness requirements [of the act] if its composition and 
labeling have not changed since 1962 and if, on the day before the 1962 amendments became effective, it was (1) used or sold 
commercially in the United States, (2) not a new drug as defined by the act at that time, and (3) not covered by an effective 
application.  Please see additional discussion regarding GRASE and Grandfathered products in Item 1A. Risk Factors and Item 7 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

Manufacturing cGMP Requirements 

Among the requirements for new drug approval is the requirement that the prospective manufacturer’s methods conform to the FDA’s 
cGMP regulations to the satisfaction of the FDA pursuant to a pre-approval inspection before the facility may be used to manufacture 
the product.  The cGMP regulations must be followed at all times during which the approved drug is manufactured and the 
manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic inspections by the FDA and other authorities.  These inspections include reviews of 
procedures and operations used in the testing and manufacture of our products to assess compliance with application regulations.  
FDA’s cGMP regulations require among other things, quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance 
of records and documentation.  In complying with the standards set forth in the cGMP regulations, we must continue to expend time, 
money, and effort in the areas of production and quality control to ensure full technical compliance. 

Failure to comply with statutory and regulatory requirements subject a manufacturer to possible legal or regulatory action, including 
but not limited to, the seizure or recall of non-complying drug products, injunctions, consent decrees placing significant restrictions on 
or suspending manufacturing operations, and/or civil and criminal penalties.  Adverse experiences with the product must be reported 
to the FDA and could result in the imposition of market restriction through labeling changes or in product removal.  Product approvals 
may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory requirements is not maintained or if problems concerning safety or efficacy of the 
product occur following approval. 

Other Regulatory Requirements 

With respect to post-market product advertising and promotion, the FDA imposes a number of complex regulations on entities that 
advertise and promote pharmaceuticals, which include, among others, standards for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label 
promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the internet. The FDA has 
very broad enforcement authority under the FDCA, and failure to abide by these regulations can result in penalties, including the 
issuance of a warning letter directing entities to correct deviations from FDA standards, a requirement that future advertising and 
promotional materials be pre-cleared by the FDA, and state and/or federal civil and criminal investigations and prosecutions. 

We are also subject to various laws and regulations regarding laboratory practices, the experimental use of animals, and the use and 
disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances in connection with our research. In each of these areas, as above, the FDA 
has broad regulatory and enforcement powers, including the ability to levy fines and civil penalties, suspend or delay issuance of 
approvals, seize or recall products, and withdraw approvals.  Any one or combination of FDA regulatory or enforcement actions 
against the Company could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outside of the United States, our ability to market a product is contingent upon receiving marketing authorization from the appropriate 
regulatory authorities. The requirements governing marketing authorization, pricing, and reimbursement vary widely from country to 
country. At present, foreign marketing authorizations are applied for at a national level, although within the European Union 
registration procedures are available to companies wishing to market a product in more than one European Union member state. The 
regulatory authority generally will grant marketing authorization if it is satisfied that we have presented it with adequate evidence of 
safety, quality and efficacy. 

DEA Regulation 

We maintain registrations with the DEA that enable us to receive, manufacture, store, and distribute controlled substances in 
connection with our operations.  Controlled substances are those drugs that appear on one of five schedules promulgated and 
administered by the DEA under the CSA.  The CSA governs, among other things, the distribution, recordkeeping, handling, security, 
and disposal of controlled substances.  We are subject to periodic and ongoing inspections by the DEA and similar state drug 
enforcement authorities to assess our ongoing compliance with the DEA’s regulations.  Any failure to comply with these regulations 
could lead to a variety of sanctions, including the revocation or a denial of renewal of our DEA registration, injunctions, or civil or 
criminal penalties. 

Fraud and Abuse Laws 

Because of the significant federal funding involved in Medicare and Medicaid, Congress and the states have enacted, and actively 
enforce, a number of laws whose purpose is to eliminate fraud and abuse in federal health care programs.  Our business is subject to 
compliance with these laws, such as Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Dodd-Frank, and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”). 

Anti-Kickback Statutes and Federal False Claims Act 

The federal health care programs Anti-Kickback Statutes prohibit persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving, 
or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing or 
arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal health care program such as Medicare or Medicaid.  
The definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including for example gifts, certain 
discounts, the furnishing of free supplies, equipment or services, credit arrangements, payment of cash and waivers of payments.  
Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving 
remuneration is to induce referrals of federal health care covered business, the statute has been violated.  Penalties for violations 
include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment, and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, and other 
federal health care programs.  In addition some kickback allegations have been claimed to violate the Federal False Claims Act, 
discussed in more detail below. 

The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the health 
care industry.  Recognizing that the Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial 
arrangements, Congress authorized the Office of Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“OIG”) to 
issue a series of regulations, known as “safe harbors.”  These safe harbors, issued by the OIG beginning in July 1991, set forth 
provisions that, if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure health care providers and other parties that they will not be 
prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback Statute.  The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe 
harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued.  However, conduct and business arrangements 
that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as 
OIG. 

Many states have adopted laws similar to the Anti-Kickback Statute.  Some of these state prohibitions apply to referral of patients for 
health care items or services reimbursed by any source, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs. 

Government officials have focused their enforcement efforts on marketing of health care services and products, among other activities, 
and recently have brought cases against companies, and certain sales, marketing, and executive personnel, for allegedly offering 
unlawful inducements to potential or existing customers in an attempt to procure their business. 

Another development affecting the health care industry is the increased use of the Federal Civil False Claims Act (“FFCA”), and in 
particular, action brought pursuant to the FFCA’s “Whistleblower” or “Qui Tam” provisions.  The FFCA imposes liability on any 
person or entity who, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a 
federal health care program.  The qui tam provisions of the FFCA allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal 
government alleging that the defendant has submitted a false claim to the federal government, and to share in any monetary recovery.  
In recent years, the number of suits brought against health care providers by private individuals has increased dramatically.  In 
addition, various states have enacted false claims law analogous to the FFCA, although many of these state laws apply where a claim 
is submitted to any third-party payor and not merely a federal health care program. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
When an entity is determined to have violated the FFCA, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by 
the government, plus civil penalties of $6,000 to $11,000 for each separate false claim.  There are many potential bases for liability 
under the FFCA.  Liability arises, primarily, when an entity knowingly submits or causes another to submit a false claim for 
reimbursement to the federal government.  The federal government has used the FFCA to assert liability on the basis of inadequate 
care, kickbacks, and other improper referrals, and improper use of Medicare numbers when detailing the provider of services, in 
addition to the more predictable allegations as to misrepresentations with respect to the services rendered.  In addition, the federal 
government has prosecuted companies under the FFCA in connection with off-label promotion of products.  Our future activities 
relating to the reporting of wholesale or estimated retail prices of our products, the reporting of discount and rebate information and 
other information affecting federal, state, and third-party reimbursement of our products, and the sale and marketing of our products 
may be subject to scrutiny under these laws.  We are unable to predict whether we will be subject to actions under the FFCA or a 
similar state law, or the impact of such actions.  However, the costs of defending such claims, as well as any sanctions imposed, could 
significantly affect our financial performance. 

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (“FCPA”), was enacted for the purpose of making it unlawful for certain 
classes of persons and entities to make payments to foreign government officials to assist in obtaining or retaining business. 
Specifically, the anti-bribery provisions of the FCPA prohibit the bribery of government officials.  Lannett believes it is in compliance 
with the FCPA. 

HIPAA and Other Fraud and Privacy Regulations 

Among other things, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) created two new federal crimes: 
health care fraud and false statements relating to health care matters.  The HIPAA health care fraud statute prohibits, among other 
things, knowing and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including 
private payors.  A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment, and/or exclusion from government-
sponsored programs.  The HIPAA false statements statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully falsifying, 
concealing, or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation in 
connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items, or services.  A violation of this statute is a felony and may 
result in fines and/or imprisonment. 

Pricing 

In the United States, our sales are dependent upon the availability of coverage and reimbursement for our products from third-party 
payers, including federal and state programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, and private organizations such as commercial health 
insurance and managed care companies.  Such third-party payers are increasingly challenging the price of medical products and 
services and instituting cost containment measures to control or significantly influence the purchase of medical products and services.  
This includes the placement of our pharmaceutical products on drug formularies or lists of medications. 

Over the past several years, the rising costs of providing health care services has triggered legislation to make certain changes to the 
way in which pharmaceuticals, including our products, are covered and reimbursed, particularly by governmental programs.  For 
instance, recent federal legislation and regulations have created a voluntary prescription drug benefit, Medicare Part D, revised the 
formula used to reimburse health care providers and physicians under Part B and imposed significant revisions to the Medicaid Drug 
Rebate Program. These changes have resulted in, and may continue to result in, coverage and reimbursement restrictions and 
increased rebate obligations by manufacturers.  In addition, there continue to be legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and 
state levels directed at containing or lowering the cost of health care.  Examples of how limits on drug coverage and reimbursement in 
the United States may cause reduced payments for drugs in the future include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

changing Medicare reimbursement methodologies; 

revising drug rebate calculations under the Medicaid program; 

reforming drug importation laws; 

fluctuating decisions on which drugs to include in formularies; and 

requiring pre-approval of coverage for new or innovative drug therapies. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We cannot predict the likelihood or pace of such additional changes or whether there will be significant legislative or regulatory 
reform impacting our products, nor can we predict with precision what effect such governmental measures would have if they were 
ultimately enacted into law.  However, in general, we believe that legislative and regulatory reform activity likely will continue. 

We are also subject to federal, state and local laws of general applicability, including laws regulating working conditions and the 
storage, transportation, or discharge of items that may be considered hazardous substances, hazardous waste, or environmental 
contaminants.  We monitor our compliance with all environmental laws.  We are in substantial compliance with all regulatory bodies. 

As a publicly-traded company, we are also subject to significant regulations and laws, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Since its enactment, we have developed and instituted a corporate compliance program based on what we believe are the current best 
practices and we continue to update the program in response to newly implemented or changing regulatory requirements. 

We operate in a highly regulated environment and are responsible for maintaining compliance with many regulatory requirements.  
The U.S. Department of Justice, acting on behalf of the DEA, issued us a letter in August 2008 requesting additional information on 
certain record keeping matters regarding a DEA inspection of our facilities.  We fully complied with their request and intend to fully 
comply with all requests for information that occur from time to time as a normal course of business. 

Employees 

As of June 30, 2012, we had 324 employees, including 220 employees at Lannett and 104 employees at Cody Labs. 

Securities and Exchange Act Reports 

We maintain a website at www.lannett.com.  We make available on or through our website our current and periodic reports, including 
any amendments to those reports, that are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in accordance with the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These reports include annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly 
reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.  This information is available on our website free of charge as soon as 
reasonably practicable after we electronically file the information with, or furnish it to, the SEC.  The contents of our website are not 
incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K and shall not be deemed “filed” under the Exchange Act. 

ITEM 1A. 

RISK FACTORS 

A major portion of our revenue is derived from sales of finished products manufactured by Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals 
(“JSP”).  If our contract with JSP is not renegotiated prior to its March 22, 2014 expiration date, our operating results would 
be materially adversely affected. 

Approximately 51% of our fiscal year 2012 net sales are of distributed products, primarily manufactured by JSP.  Two of these 
products are Levo and Digoxin, which accounted for 41% and 9%, respectively, of our Fiscal 2012 net sales, and 43% and 12%, 
respectively, of our net sales for Fiscal 2011.  Our agreement with JSP currently expires on March 22, 2014.  The Company is 
currently engaged in discussions to renew the contract, however there is no guarantee that the contract will be renewed or extended.  If 
the Company fails to renegotiate the agreement with JSP or it renews its contract with JSP with terms less favorable than those 
included in the existing agreement, our operating results would be materially adversely affected. 

We materially rely on an uninterrupted supply of finished products from JSP for a majority of our sales.  If we were to 
experience an interruption of that supply, our operating results would suffer. 

If the supply of these products is interrupted in any way by any form of temporary or permanent business interruption to JSP, 
including but not limited to fire or other naturally-occurring, damaging event to their physical plant and/or equipment, condemnation 
of their facility, legislative or regulatory cease and desist declaration regarding their operations, FDA action, and any interruption in 
their source of API for their products, our operating results could be materially adversely affected.  We do not have, at this time, a 
second source for these products. 

The generic pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive. 

We face strong competition in our generic product business.  Revenues and gross profit derived from the sales of generic 
pharmaceutical products tend to follow a pattern based on certain regulatory and competitive factors.  As patents for brand name 
products and related exclusivity periods expire or fall under patent challenges, the first generic manufacturer to receive regulatory 
approval for generic equivalents of such products is generally able to achieve significant market penetration.  As competing off-patent 
manufacturers receive regulatory approvals on similar products or as brand manufacturers launch generic versions of such products 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(for which no separate regulatory approval is required), market share, revenues and gross profit typically decline, in some cases 
dramatically.  Accordingly, the level of market share, revenue and gross profit attributable to a particular generic product is normally 
related to the number of competitors in that product’s market and the timing of that product’s regulatory approval and launch, in 
relation to competing approvals and launches.  Consequently, we must continue to develop and introduce new products in a timely and 
cost-effective manner to maintain our revenues and gross margins. 

During the first quarter of Fiscal 2011, Lannett faced significant pricing challenges on its top two selling products.  In order to keep 
the volume of business with the specific customer involved, Lannett chose to reduce its selling price on both of the products.  This 
price reduction has had and may continue to have a significant impact to the gross profit margins and profitability of Lannett in the 
future. 

Extensive industry regulation has had, and will continue to have, a significant impact on our business, especially our product 
development, manufacturing and distribution capabilities. 

All pharmaceutical companies, including Lannett, are subject to extensive, complex, costly and evolving regulation by the federal 
government, including the FDA and in the case of controlled drugs, the DEA, and state government agencies.  The FDCA, the CSA 
and other federal statutes and regulations govern or influence the development, testing, manufacturing, packing, labeling, storing, 
record keeping, safety, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution of our products. 

The process for obtaining governmental approval to manufacture and market pharmaceutical products is rigorous, time-consuming and 
costly, and we cannot predict the extent to which we may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments.  We are dependent 
on receiving FDA and other governmental or third-party approvals prior to manufacturing, marketing and shipping our products.  The 
FDA approval process for a particular product candidate can take several years and requires us to dedicate substantial resources to 
securing approvals, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates in a timely manner, or at all. In 
order to obtain approval for our generic product candidates, we must demonstrate that our drug product is bioequivalent to a drug 
previously approved by the FDA through the new drug approval process, known as an innovator drug. Bioequivalency may be 
demonstrated in vivo or in vitro by comparing the generic product candidate to the innovator drug product in dosage form, strength, 
route of administration, quality, dissolution performance characteristics, and intended use. The FDA may not agree that the 
bioequivalence studies we submit in the ANDA applications for our generic drug products are adequate to support approval. If it 
determines that an ANDA application is not adequate to support approval, the FDA could deny our application or request additional 
information, including clinical trials, which could delay approval of the product and impair our ability to compete with other versions 
of the generic drug product. 

Consequently, there is always the chance that we will not obtain FDA or other necessary approvals, or that the rate, timing and cost of 
such approvals, will adversely affect our product introduction plans or results of operations.  We carry inventories of certain 
product(s) in anticipation of launch, and if such product(s) are not subsequently launched, we may be required to write-off the related 
inventory.  Furthermore, the FDA also has the authority to revoke drug approvals previously granted and remove these products from 
the market for a variety of reasons, including a failure to comply with applicable regulations, the discovery of previously unknown 
problems with the product, or because the ingredients in the drug are no longer approved by the FDA. 

Additionally, certain products, marketed prior to the FDCA may be considered GRASE or Grandfathered.  GRASE products are those 
“old drugs that do not require prior approval from FDA in order to be marketed because they are generally recognized as safe and 
effective based on published scientific literature.”  Similarly, Grandfathered products are those which “entered the market before the 
passage of the 1906 Act, 1938 Act or the 1962 amendments to the Act.”  Under the Grandfathered drug clause, such a product is 
exempted from the “effectiveness requirements [of the act] if its composition and labeling have not changed since 1962 and if, on the 
day before the 1962 amendments became effective, it was (1) used or sold commercially in the United States, (2) not a new drug as 
defined by the act at that time, and (3) not covered by an effective application.”  Recently, the FDA has increased its efforts to force 
companies to file and seek FDA approval for GRASE or Grandfathered products.  Efforts have included issuing notices to companies 
currently producing these products to cease its distribution of said products.  Lannett currently manufactures and markets two products 
that are considered GRASE or Grandfathered products, including C-Topical Solution and Oxycodone HCl Solution.  The FDA is 
currently undertaking activities to force all companies who manufacture certain GRASE products to file applications and seek 
approval for these products or remove their products from the market.  As of July 24, 2010, Lannett stopped manufacturing and 
distributing Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution (“MS”) as part of one the FDA’s enforcement actions.  Lannett filed a 505(b)(2) New 
Drug Application (“MS NDA”) in February 2010 and was granted FDA approval on the submission in June 2011.  Due to the length 
of time it took to receive approval on this application, the Company fully reserved its MS inventory as of June 30, 2011. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company submitted, as part of the MS NDA, a $1.4 million application fee at the time of submission.  Lannett is currently 
working with the FDA to get part of this fee returned to the Company.  As of June 30, 2012, the Company has not received a final 
determination on whether any of the fee is refundable.  An estimate of the un-returned amount was reclassified from other long-term 
assets on the Company’s balance sheet as of June 30, 2011 into intangible assets upon shipment of the product which commenced in 
August 2011.  The Company began amortizing the intangible asset over its useful life upon shipment of the product in August 2011.  
Amortization will be adjusted prospectively once the un-returned amount is finalized.  Lannett also has approximately $1.7 million of 
net inventory value at June 30, 2012 of other Grandfathered products which would also be at risk if the FDA were to pursue 
enforcement actions on these products similar to their actions on Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution and Oxycodone HCl Oral Solution. 

In addition, Lannett, as well as many of our significant suppliers of distributed product and raw materials, are subject to periodic 
inspection of facilities, procedures and operations and/or the testing of the finished products by the FDA, the DEA and other 
authorities, which conduct periodic inspections to confirm that pharmaceutical companies are in compliance with all applicable 
regulations.  The FDA conducts pre-approval and post-approval reviews and plant inspections to determine whether systems and 
processes are in compliance with cGMP, and other FDA regulations.  Following such inspections, the FDA may issue notices on 
Form 483 that could cause us or our suppliers to modify certain activities identified during the inspection.  A Form 483 notice is 
generally issued at the conclusion of a FDA inspection and lists conditions the FDA inspectors believe may violate cGMP or other 
FDA regulations.  The DEA and comparable state-level agencies also heavily regulate the manufacturing, holding, processing, 
security, record-keeping, and distribution of drugs that are considered controlled substances. Some of the pain management products 
we manufacture contain controlled substances. The DEA periodically inspects facilities for compliance with its rules and regulations. 
If our manufacturing facilities or those of our suppliers fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it could result in 
regulatory action and additional costs. 

Our inability or the inability of our suppliers to comply with applicable FDA and other regulatory requirements can result in, among 
other things, delays in or denials of new product approvals, warning letters, fines, consent decrees restricting or suspending 
manufacturing operations, injunctions, civil penalties, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of sales, and/or criminal 
prosecution.  Any of these or other regulatory actions could materially harm our operating results and financial condition.  Although 
we have instituted internal compliance programs, if these programs do not meet regulatory agency standards or if compliance is 
deemed deficient in any significant way, it could materially harm our business.  Additionally, if the FDA were to undertake additional 
enforcement activities with any of Lannett’s GRASE products, their actions could result in, among other things, removal of some of 
our products from the market, seizure of products and total or partial suspension of sales.  Any of these regulatory actions could 
materially harm our operating results and financial condition. 

Our manufacturing operations as well as our suppliers manufacturing are subject to licensing by the FDA and/or DEA.  If we 
or our suppliers are unable to maintain the proper agency licensing arrangements, our operating results would be materially 
negatively impacted. 

All of our manufacturing operations as well as those of our suppliers rely on maintaining active licenses to produce and develop 
generic drugs.  Specifically, our Cody Labs operations rely on a DEA license to directly import and convert raw concentrated poppy 
straw into several APIs or dosage forms.  This license is granted for a one year period and must be renewed successfully each year in 
order for us to maintain Cody’s current operations and allow the Company to continue to work towards becoming a fully integrated 
narcotics supplier.  If the Company is unable to successfully renew its FDA and/or DEA licenses, the financial results of Lannett 
would be negatively impacted. 

If we are unable to successfully develop or commercialize new products, our operating results will suffer. 

Our future results of operations will depend to a significant extent upon our ability to successfully commercialize new generic 
products in a timely manner.  There are numerous difficulties in developing and commercializing new products, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

developing, testing and manufacturing products in compliance with regulatory standards in a timely manner; 

receiving requisite regulatory approvals for such products in a timely manner; 

the availability, on commercially reasonable terms, of raw materials, including APIs and other key ingredients; 

developing and commercializing a new product is time consuming, costly and subject to numerous factors that may delay 
or prevent the successful commercialization of new products; and 

commercializing generic products may be substantially delayed by the listing with the FDA of patents that have the 
effect of potentially delaying approval of the off-patent product by up to 30 months, and in some cases, such patents have 
been issued and listed with the FDA after the key chemical patent on the branded drug product has expired or been 
litigated, causing additional delays in obtaining approval. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a result of these and other difficulties, products currently in development by Lannett may or may not receive the regulatory 
approvals necessary for marketing.  If any of our products, when developed and approved, cannot be successfully or timely 
commercialized, our operating results could be adversely affected.  We cannot guarantee that any investment we make in developing 
products will be recouped, even if we are successful in commercializing those products. 

The loss of key personnel could cause our business to suffer. 

The success of our present and future operations will depend, to a significant extent, upon the experience, abilities and continued 
services of our key personnel.  If we lose the services of our key personnel, or if they are unable to devote sufficient attention to our 
operations for any other reason, our business may be significantly impaired.  If the employment of any of our current key personnel is 
terminated, we cannot assure you that we will be able to attract and replace the employee with the same caliber of key personnel.  As 
such, we have entered into employment agreements with all of our senior executive officers in order to help retain these key 
individuals. 

Our gross profit may fluctuate from period to period depending upon our product sales mix, our product pricing and our 
costs to manufacture or purchase products. 

Our future results of operations, financial condition and cash flows depend to a significant extent upon our product sales mix.  Our 
sales of certain products that we manufacture tend to create higher gross margins than do the products we purchase and resell.  As a 
result, our sales mix will significantly impact our gross profit from period to period. 

Factors that may cause our sales mix to vary include: 

• 

the amount of new product introductions; 

•  marketing exclusivity, if any, which may be obtained on certain new products; 

• 

• 

• 

the level of competition in the marketplace for certain products; 

the availability of raw materials and finished products from our suppliers; and 

the scope and outcome of governmental regulatory action that may involve us. 

The profitability of our product sales is also dependent upon the prices we are able to charge for our products, the costs to purchase 
products from third parties, and our ability to manufacture our products in a cost effective manner. 

If branded pharmaceutical companies are successful in limiting the use of generics through their legislative and regulatory 
efforts, our sales of generic products may suffer. 

Many branded pharmaceutical companies increasingly have used state and federal legislative and regulatory means to delay generic 
competition.  These efforts have included: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

pursuing new patents for existing products which may be granted just before the expiration of one patent which could 
extend patent protection for additional years or otherwise delay the launch of generics; 

using the Citizen Petition process to request amendments to FDA standards; 

seeking changes to U.S. Pharmacopoeia, an organization which publishes industry recognized compendia of drug 
standards; 

attaching patent extension amendments to non-related federal legislation; and 

engaging in state-by-state initiatives to enact legislation that restricts the substitution of some generic drugs, which could 
have an impact on products that we are developing. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If branded pharmaceutical companies are successful in limiting the use of generic products through these or other means, our sales 
may decline.  If we experience a material decline in product sales, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows will 
suffer. 

Third parties may claim that we infringe their proprietary rights and may prevent us from manufacturing and selling some of 
our products. 

The manufacture, use and sale of new products that are the subject of conflicting patent rights have been the subject of substantial 
litigation in the pharmaceutical industry.  These lawsuits relate to the validity and infringement of patents or proprietary rights of third 
parties.  We may have to defend against charges that we violated patents or proprietary rights of third parties.  This is especially true in 
the case of generic products on which the patent covering the branded product is expiring, an area where infringement litigation is 
prevalent, and in the case of new branded products where a competitor has obtained patents for similar products.  Litigation may be 
costly and time-consuming, and could divert the attention of our management and technical personnel.  In addition, if we infringe on 
the rights of others, we could lose our right to develop or manufacture products or could be required to pay monetary damages or 
royalties to license proprietary rights from third parties.  Although the parties to patent and intellectual property disputes in the 
pharmaceutical industry have often settled their disputes through licensing or similar arrangements, the costs associated with these 
arrangements may be substantial and could include ongoing royalties.  Furthermore, we cannot be certain that the necessary licenses 
would be available to us on terms we believe to be acceptable.  As a result, an adverse determination in a judicial or administrative 
proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling a number of our products, which 
could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

If we are unable to obtain sufficient supplies from key suppliers that in some cases may be the only source of finished products 
or raw materials, our ability to deliver our products to the market may be impeded. 

We are required to identify the supplier(s) of all the raw materials for our products in our applications with the FDA.  To the extent 
practicable, we attempt to identify more than one supplier in each drug application.  However, some products and raw materials are 
available only from a single source and, in some of our drug applications, only one supplier of products and raw materials has been 
identified, even in instances where multiple sources exist.  To the extent any difficulties experienced by our suppliers cannot be 
resolved within a reasonable time, and at reasonable cost, or if raw materials for a particular product become unavailable from an 
approved supplier and we are required to qualify a new supplier with the FDA, our profit margins and market share for the affected 
product could decrease, and our development and sales and marketing efforts could be delayed. 

Our policies regarding returns, allowances and chargebacks, and marketing programs adopted by wholesalers may reduce 
our revenues in future fiscal periods. 

Based on industry practice, generic drug manufacturers have liberal return policies and have been willing to give customers post-sale 
inventory allowances.  Under these arrangements, from time to time, we give our customers credits on our generic products that our 
customers hold in inventory after we have decreased the market prices of the same generic products due to competitive pricing.  
Therefore, if new competitors enter the marketplace and significantly lower the prices of any of their competing products, we would 
likely reduce the price of our product.  As a result, we would be obligated to provide credits to our customers who are then holding 
inventories of such products, which could reduce sales revenue and gross margin for the period the credit is provided.  Like our 
competitors, we also give credits for chargebacks to wholesalers that have contracts with us for their sales to hospitals, group 
purchasing organizations, pharmacies or other customers.  A chargeback is the difference between the price the wholesaler pays and 
the price that the wholesaler’s end-customer pays for a product.  Although we establish reserves based on our prior experience and our 
best estimates of the impact that these policies may have in subsequent periods, we cannot ensure that our reserves are adequate or that 
actual product returns, allowances and chargebacks will not exceed our estimates. 

Health care initiatives and other third-party payor cost-containment pressures could cause us to sell our products at lower 
prices, resulting in decreased revenues. 

Some of our products are purchased or reimbursed by state and federal government authorities, private health insurers and other 
organizations, such as health maintenance organizations, or HMOs, and managed care organizations, or MCOs. Third-party payors 
increasingly challenge pharmaceutical product pricing. There also continues to be a trend toward managed health care in the United 
States. Pricing pressures by third-party payors and the growth of organizations such as HMOs and MCOs could result in lower prices 
and a reduction in demand for our products. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, legislative and regulatory proposals and enactments to reform health care and government insurance programs could 
significantly influence the manner in which pharmaceutical products and medical devices are prescribed and purchased.  We expect 
there will continue to be federal and state laws and/or regulations, proposed and implemented, that could limit the amounts that federal 
and state governments will pay for health care products and services. The extent to which future legislation or regulations, if any, 
relating to the health care industry or third-party coverage and reimbursement may be enacted or what effect such legislation or 
regulation would have on our business remains uncertain. For example, the American Recovery and Reinstatement Act of 2009, also 
known as the stimulus package, includes $1.1 billion in funding to study the comparative effectiveness of health care treatments and 
strategies. The stimulus package funding is expected to be used for, among other things, to conduct, support or synthesize research 
that compares and evaluates the risk and benefits, clinical outcomes, effectiveness and appropriateness of products. Although 
Congress has indicated that this funding is intended for improvement in quality of health care, it remains unclear how the research will 
impact coverage, reimbursement or other third-party payor policies. Such measures or other health care system reforms that are 
adopted could have a material adverse effect on our industry generally and our ability to successfully commercialize our products or 
could limit or eliminate our spending on development projects and affect our ultimate profitability. 

We may need to change our business practices to comply with changes to fraud and abuse laws. 

We are subject to various federal and state laws pertaining to health care fraud and abuse, including the federal fraud and abuse law 
(sometimes referred to as the “Anti-Kickback Statute”) which apply to our sales and marketing practices and our relationships with 
physicians. At the federal level, the Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits any person or entity from knowingly and willfully soliciting, 
receiving, offering, or paying any remuneration, including a bribe, kickback, or rebate, directly or indirectly, in return for or to induce 
the referral of patients for items or services covered by federal health care programs, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging 
for products or services covered by federal health care programs. Federal health care programs have been defined to include plans and 
programs that provide health benefits funded by the federal government, including Medicare and Medicaid, among others. The 
definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including, for example, gifts, discounts, the 
furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, and waivers of payments. Several courts have interpreted 
the federal Anti-Kickback Statute’s intent requirement to mean that if even one purpose in an arrangement involving remuneration is 
to induce referrals or otherwise generate business involving goods or services reimbursed in whole or in part under federal health care 
programs, the statute has been violated. The federal government has issued regulations, commonly known as safe harbors that set forth 
certain provisions which, if fully met, will assure parties that they will not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The 
failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit within a specific safe harbor does not necessarily mean that the transaction or 
arrangement will be illegal or that prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute will be pursued, but such transactions or 
arrangements face an increased risk of scrutiny by government enforcement authorities and an ongoing risk of prosecution. If our sales 
and marketing practices or our relationships with physicians (such as physicians serving on our Scientific Advisory Board) are 
considered by federal or state enforcement authorities to be knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or providing any 
remuneration in exchange for arranging for or recommending our products and services, and such activities do not fit within a safe 
harbor, then these arrangements could be challenged under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. If our operations are found to be in 
violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties including fines of up to $25,000 per 
violation, civil monetary penalties of up to $50,000 per violation, assessments of up to three times the amount of the prohibited 
remuneration, imprisonment, and exclusion from participating in the federal health care programs.  In addition, HIPAA and its 
implementing regulations created two new federal crimes: health care fraud and false statements relating to health care matters.  The 
HIPAA health care fraud statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme 
to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payors.  A violation of this statue is a felony and may result in fines, 
imprisonment and/or exclusion from government-sponsored programs.  The HIPAA false statements statute prohibits, among other 
things, knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or 
fraudulent statement or representation in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items, or services.  A 
violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines and/or imprisonment.  A number of states also have anti-fraud and anti-
kickback laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute that prohibit certain direct or indirect payments if such arrangements are 
designed to induce or encourage the referral of patients or the furnishing of goods or services. Some states’ anti-fraud and anti-
kickback laws apply only to goods and services covered by Medicaid. Other states’ anti-fraud and anti-kickback laws apply to all 
health care goods and services, regardless of whether the source of payment is governmental or private. Due to the breadth of these 
laws and the potential for changes in laws, regulations, or administrative or judicial interpretations, we may have to change our 
business practices or our existing business practices could be challenged as unlawful, which could materially adversely affect our 
business. 

Certain federal and state governmental agencies, including the U.S. Department of Justice and the U.S. Department of Health and 
Human Services, have been investigating issues surrounding pricing information reported by drug manufacturers and used in the 
calculation of reimbursements as well as sales and marketing practices. For example, many government and third-party payors, 
including Medicare and Medicaid, reimburse doctors and others for the purchase of certain pharmaceutical products based on the 
product’s AWP reported by pharmaceutical companies. While Lannett has only used Suggested Wholesale Prices since 2000, the 

24 

 
 
 
 
federal government, certain state agencies, and private payors are investigating and have begun to file court actions related to 
pharmaceutical companies’ reporting practices with respect to AWP, alleging that the practice of reporting prices for pharmaceutical 
products has resulted in a false and overstated AWP, which in turn is alleged to have improperly inflated the reimbursement paid by 
Medicare beneficiaries, insurers, state Medicaid programs, medical plans, and others to health care providers who prescribed and 
administered those products. In addition, some of these same payors are also alleging that companies are not reporting their “best 
price” to the states under the Medicaid program. We are not currently subject to any such investigations or actions and having not used 
AWP pricing since 2000 would not likely become subject to these investigations. 

We may become subject to federal and state false claims litigation brought by private individuals and the government. 

We are subject to state and federal laws that govern the submission of claims for reimbursement. The Federal False Claims Act 
(“FFCA”), also known as Qui Tam, imposes civil liability and criminal fines on individuals or entities that knowingly submit, or cause 
to be submitted, false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government. Violations of the FFCA and other similar laws may result 
in criminal fines, imprisonment, and civil penalties for each false claim submitted and exclusion from federally funded health care 
programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. The FFCA also allows private individuals to bring a suit on behalf of the government 
against an individual or entity for violations of the FFCA. These suits, also known as Qui Tam actions, may be brought by, with only a 
few exceptions, any private citizen who has material information of a false claim that has not yet been previously disclosed. These 
suits have increased significantly in recent years because the FFCA allows an individual to share in any amounts paid to the federal 
government in fines or settlement as a result of a successful Qui Tam action.  If our past or present operations are found to be in 
violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including 
civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from federal health care programs, and/or the curtailment or restructuring of our 
operations.  Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment, or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate 
our business and our financial results, action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could 
cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. 

Sales of our products may continue to be adversely affected by the continuing consolidation of our distribution network and 
the concentration of our customer base. 

Our principal customers are wholesale drug distributors and major retail drug store chains.  These customers comprise a significant 
part of the distribution network for pharmaceutical products in the U.S.  This distribution network is continuing to undergo significant 
consolidation marked by mergers and acquisitions among wholesale distributors and the growth of large retail drug store chains.  As a 
result, a small number of large wholesale distributors control a significant share of the market, and the number of independent drug 
stores and small drug store chains has decreased.  We expect that consolidation of drug wholesalers and retailers will increase pricing 
and other competitive pressures on drug manufacturers, including Lannett. 

Our three largest customers accounted for 18%, 12% and 11%, respectively, of our net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, 
and 17%, 10% and 9%, respectively, of our net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011.  The loss of any of these customers could 
materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and our cash flows.  In addition, the Company 
generally does not enter into long-term supply agreements with its customers that would require them to purchase our products. 

The design, development, manufacture and sale of our products involves the risk of product liability claims by consumers and 
other third parties, and insurance against such potential claims is expensive and may be difficult to obtain. 

The design, development, manufacture and sale of our products involve an inherent risk of product liability claims and the associated 
adverse publicity.  Insurance coverage is expensive and may be difficult to obtain, and may not be available in the future on acceptable 
terms, or at all.  Although we currently maintain product liability insurance for our products in amounts we believe to be commercially 
reasonable, if the coverage limits of these insurance policies are not adequate, a claim brought against Lannett, whether covered by 
insurance or not, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. 

Rising insurance costs, as well as the inability to obtain certain insurance coverage for risks faced by Lannett, could negatively 
impact profitability. 

The cost of insurance, including workers compensation, product liability and general liability insurance, has risen in prior years and 
may increase in the future.  In response, we may increase deductibles and/or decrease certain coverage to mitigate these costs.  These 
increases, and our increased risk due to increased deductibles and reduced coverage, could have a negative impact on our results of 
operations, financial condition and cash flows. 

Additionally, certain insurance coverages may not be available to Lannett for risks faced by Lannett.  Sometimes the coverages 
obtained by Lannett for certain risks may not be adequate to fully reimburse the amount of damage that Lannett could possibly sustain.  
Should either of these events occur, the lack of insurance to cover the entire cost to the Company would adversely affect our results of 
operations and financial condition. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Significant balances of intangible assets, including product rights acquired, are subject to impairment testing and may result 
in impairment charges, which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. 

Our acquired contractual rights to market and distribute products are stated at cost, less accumulated amortization and related 
impairment charges identified to date.  We determined the initial cost by referring to the original fair value of the assets exchanged.  
Future amortization periods for product rights are based on our assessment of various factors impacting estimated useful lives and 
cash flows of the acquired products.  Such factors include the product’s position in its life cycle, the existence or absence of like 
products in the market, various other competitive and regulatory issues and contractual terms.  Significant changes to any of these 
factors would require us to perform an additional impairment test on the affected asset and, if evidence of impairment exists, we 
would be required to take an impairment charge with respect to the asset.  Such a charge would adversely affect our results of 
operations and financial condition. 

Federal regulation of arrangements between manufacturers of branded and generic products could adversely affect our 
business. 

As part of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, companies are now required to file with the 
Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and the Department of Justice certain types of agreements entered into between brand and generic 
pharmaceutical companies related to the manufacture, marketing and sale of generic versions of branded drugs.  This new requirement 
could affect the manner in which generic drug manufacturers resolve intellectual property litigation and other disputes with branded 
pharmaceutical companies and could result generally in an increase in private-party litigation against pharmaceutical companies or 
additional investigations or proceedings by the FTC or other governmental authorities.  The impact of this new requirement and the 
potential private-party lawsuits associated with arrangements between brand name and generic drug manufacturers is uncertain, and 
could adversely affect our business. 

ITEM 2. 

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY 

Lannett owns three facilities in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.  Certain administrative functions, manufacturing and production facilities 
and our quality control laboratory are located in a 31,000 square foot facility at 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA.  The second facility 
consists of 63,000 square feet, and is located within one mile of the State Road facility at 9001 Torresdale Avenue Philadelphia, PA.  
Our research laboratory and packaging functions are located at this location.  Additionally, the facility has capacity for additional 
manufacturing space, if needed.  In October 2009, we purchased a building consisting of 66,000 square feet on approximately 7.3 
acres of land for approximately $3.8 million, plus the cost of fit out of approximately $2.0 million.  This facility is being used for 
certain administrative functions, warehouse space, shipping and has capacity for additional manufacturing space, if needed. 

The manufacturing facility of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Cody Labs, consists of an approximately 73,000 square foot structure 
located on approximately 15.0 acres in Cody, Wyoming.  Cody Labs leases the facility from Cody LCI Realty, LLC, which is 50% 
owned by us and 50% by an officer of Cody Labs. Cody Labs’ manufacturing facility currently has capacity for further expansion, 
both inside and outside the existing structure. 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

In January 2010, the Company initiated an arbitration proceeding against Olive Healthcare (“Olive”) for damages arising out of 
Olive’s delivery of defective soft-gel prenatal vitamin capsules.  The Company sought damages in excess of $3.5 million. 
Olive denied liability and filed a counterclaim in February 2010 for breach of contract.  Olive also filed a lawsuit against the Company 
in Daman, India seeking to enjoin the United States arbitration and claiming damages of approximately $6.8 million for compensatory 
damages and an additional approximately $6.8 million for loss of business.  The Company engaged Indian counsel to actively defend 
that suit.  The parties reached a settlement agreement which was signed and executed on August 13, 2012.  The agreement is favorable 
to Lannett and includes the dismissal with prejudice of all legal proceedings between the Company and Olive in the U.S. and India. 

ITEM 4. 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5. 

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Market Information 

On April 15, 2002, the Company’s common stock began trading on the American Stock Exchange (now the NYSE MKT).  Prior to 
this, the Company’s common stock traded in the over-the-counter market through the use of the inter-dealer “pink-sheets” published 
by Pink Sheets LLC.  The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the high and low daily closing prices of the 
Company’s common stock during Fiscal 2012 and 2011, as quoted by the NYSE MKT.  Such quotations reflect inter-dealer prices 
without retail mark-up, markdown, or commission and may not represent actual transactions. 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2012 

First quarter  ................................................................................................  

Second quarter  ............................................................................................  

Third quarter  ...............................................................................................  

Fourth quarter  .............................................................................................  

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2011 

First quarter  ................................................................................................  

Second quarter  ............................................................................................  

Third quarter  ...............................................................................................  

Fourth quarter  .............................................................................................  

High 

Low 

5.11 

4.50 

5.24 

4.34 

4.92 

6.75 

5.75 

5.77 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3.50 

3.53 

4.01 

3.76 

4.06 

4.61 

5.08 

4.98 

Low 

High 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Holders 

As of August 31, 2012, there were approximately 218 holders of record of the Company’s common stock. 

Dividends 

The Company did not pay cash dividends in Fiscal 2012 or Fiscal 2011. The Company intends to use available funds for working 
capital, plant and equipment additions, and various product extension ventures.  The Company does not expect to pay, nor should 
shareholders expect to receive, cash dividends in the foreseeable future. 

Share Repurchase Program 

On January 27, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program which was reauthorized by the Board 
of Directors on November 20, 2009.  Under the program, the Company is authorized to repurchase up to $5.0 million of its 
outstanding common stock.  As of June 30, 2012, the Company has repurchased 342,245 shares of its common stock under the 
program at an aggregate purchase price of $1,594,285. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the Company’s Share Repurchase Program. 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

(c) Total 
Number of 
Shares (or 
Units) 
Purchased as 
Part of 
Publicly 
Announced 
Plans or 
Programs 

(d) Maximum 
Number (or 
Approximate 
Dollar Value) 
of Shares (or 
Units) that 
May Yet Be 
Purchased 
Under the 
Plans or 
Programs 

(a) Total 
Number of 
Shares (or 
Units) 
Purchased 

(b) Average 
Price Paid 
per Share (or 
Unit) 

$

20,215 
24,103 
17,458 

61,776 

3.89 
3.96 
3.93 

$ 

3,569,672
3,474,296
3,405,715

20,215 
24,103 
17,458 

61,776 

Period 

April 1 to April 30, 2012  ......................  
May 1 to May 31, 2012  ........................  
June 1 to June 30, 2012  ........................  

Stock Performance Chart 

The following graph presents a comparison of the cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s stock with the cumulative 
total return of the NYSE MKT Composite Index and the Morningstar Drug Manufacturers — Specialty and Generic Index for the 
period of five years commencing July 1, 2007 and ending June 30, 2012. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on July 1, 2007 in 
each of Lannett Company, Inc. common stock, NYSE MKT Composite Index and the Morningstar Drug Manufacturers — Specialty 
and Generic Index. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following financial information as of and for the five years ended June 30, 2012, has been derived from our consolidated financial 
statements.  This information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto 
included elsewhere herein.  The comparability of information is affected by the items described below. 

In Fiscal 2008, we increased our returns reserve by $10.5 million, reflecting our expectation that 100% of the shipments of Prenatal 
Multivitamin made in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2008 would be returned.  Our expectation that all of the product would be returned 
was based on our inability to have the product specified as a brand equivalent, product complaints and information from our customers 
regarding their intentions to return the product. 

Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Financial Highlights 

(In thousands, except per share data) 
As of and for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 
Operating Highlights 

2012 

2011 

2010 

2009 

2008 

Net Sales  .............................................................    $
Gross Profit  .........................................................    $
Operating Income (loss)  ......................................    $
Net Income (loss) — Lannett Company, Inc.  .....    $
Basic Earnings (loss) Per Share — Lannett 

Company, Inc.  .................................................    $

Diluted Earnings (loss) Per Share — Lannett 

Company, Inc.  .................................................    $

122,990 
38,947 
6,910 
3,948 

0.14 

0.14 

Balance Sheet Highlights ...................................   

Total Assets .........................................................    $
Total Debt  ...........................................................    $
Long Term Debt, less Current Portion  ................    $
Total Stockholders’ Equity  .................................    $

158,218 
7,161 
6,513 
111,313 

$
$
$
$

$

$

$
$
$
$

$
106,835 
23,320 
$
(1,179)  $
(277)  $

125,178 
41,340 
12,713 
7,821 

(0.01)  $

(0.01)  $

0.32 

0.31 

147,744 
7,822 
7,193 
105,689 

$
$
$
$

139,964 
7,720 
2,869 
88,958 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

119,002 
45,244 
10,758 
6,534 

0.27 

0.27 

124,577 
8,139 
7,703 
77,648 

$
$
$
$

$

$

$
$
$
$

72,043 
16,301 
(5,425)
(2,318)

(0.10)

(0.10)

113,679 
8,979 
8,187 
69,322 

ITEM 7. 
OPERATIONS 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

In addition to historical information, this Form 10-K contains forward-looking information. The forward-looking information is 
subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking 
statements.  Important factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the following 
section, entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”  Readers are cautioned 
not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s analysis only as of the date of this 
Form 10-K.  The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly revise or update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or 
circumstances that may occur.  Readers should carefully review the risk factors described in other documents the Company files from 
time to time with the SEC, including the Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q to be filed by the Company in Fiscal 2013, and any Current 
Reports on Form 8-K filed by the Company. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, 
which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  The 
preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets and 
liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements.  
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. 

Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties and potentially result in 
materially different results under different assumptions and conditions.  We believe that our critical accounting policies include those 
described below: 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue Recognition - The Company recognizes revenue when its products are shipped.  At this point, title and risk of loss have 
transferred to the customer and provisions for estimates, including rebates, promotional adjustments, price adjustments, returns, 
chargebacks, and other potential adjustments are reasonably determinable.  Accruals for these provisions are presented in the 
consolidated financial statements as rebates, chargebacks and returns payable and reductions to net sales. The change in the reserves 
for various sales adjustments may not be proportionally equal to the change in sales because of changes in both the product and the 
customer mix. Increased sales to wholesalers will generally require additional accruals as they are the primary recipient of 
chargebacks and rebates. Incentives offered to secure sales vary from product to product. Provisions for estimated rebates and 
promotional credits are estimated based upon contractual terms.  Provisions for other customer credits, such as price adjustments, 
returns, and chargebacks, require management to make subjective judgments on customer mix. Unlike branded innovator drug 
companies, Lannett does not use information about product levels in distribution channels from third-party sources, such as IMS and 
Wolters Kluwer, in estimating future returns and other credits.  Lannett calculates a chargeback/rebate rate based on contractual terms 
with its customers and applies this rate to customer sales.  The only variable is customer mix, and this assumption is based on 
historical data and sales expectations. 

Chargebacks — The provision for chargebacks is the most significant and complex estimate used in the recognition of revenue.  The 
Company sells its products directly to wholesale distributors, generic distributors, retail pharmacy chains, and mail-order pharmacies.  
The Company also sells its products indirectly to independent pharmacies, managed care organizations, hospitals, nursing homes, and 
group purchasing organizations, collectively referred to as “indirect customers.”  Lannett enters into agreements with its indirect 
customers to establish pricing for certain products.  The indirect customers then independently select a wholesaler from which to 
actually purchase the products at these agreed-upon prices.  Lannett will provide credit to the wholesaler for the difference between 
the agreed-upon price with the indirect customer and the wholesaler’s invoice price if the price sold to the indirect customer is lower 
than the direct price to the wholesaler.  This credit is called a chargeback.  The provision for chargebacks is based on expected sell-
through levels by the Company’s wholesale customers to the indirect customers and estimated wholesaler inventory levels.  As sales 
to the large wholesale customers, such as Cardinal Health, AmerisourceBergen, and McKesson increase, the reserve for chargebacks 
will also generally increase.  However, the size of the increase depends on the product mix and the amount of those sales that end up 
at indirect customers with which the Company has specific chargeback agreements.  The Company continually monitors the reserve 
for chargebacks and makes adjustments when management believes that expected chargebacks on actual sales may differ from actual 
chargeback reserves. 

Rebates — Rebates are offered to the Company’s key chain drug store, distributor and wholesaler customers to promote customer 
loyalty and increase product sales.  These rebate programs provide customers with rebate credits upon attainment of pre-established 
volumes or attainment of net sales milestones for a specified period.  Other promotional programs are incentive programs offered to 
the customers. As a result of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”) enacted in the U.S. in March 2010, the 
Company participates in a new cost sharing program for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries designed primarily for the sale of brand 
drugs and certain generic drugs if their FDA approval was granted under a New Drug Application (“NDA”) or 505(b) NDA versus an 
Abbreviated New Drug Application (“ANDA”).  Because our drugs used for the treatment of thyroid deficiency and our Morphine 
Sulfate Oral Solution product were approved by the FDA as a 505(b)(2) NDA, they are considered “branded” drugs for purposes of 
the PPACA.  Drugs purchased under this program during Medicare Part D coverage gap (commonly referred to as the “donut hole”) 
result in additional rebates.  At the time of shipment, the Company estimates reserves for rebates and other promotional credit 
programs based on the specific terms in each agreement.  The reserve for rebates increases as sales to certain wholesale and retail 
customers increase.  However, since these rebate programs are not identical for all customers, the size of the reserve will depend on 
the mix of customers that are eligible to receive rebates. 

Returns — Consistent with industry practice, the Company has a product returns policy that allows customers to return product within 
a specified period prior to and subsequent to the product’s lot expiration date in exchange for a credit to be applied to future purchases.  
The Company’s policy requires that the customer obtain pre-approval from the Company for any qualifying return.  The Company 
estimates its provision for returns based on historical experience, changes to business practices, and credit terms.  While such 
experience has allowed for reasonable estimations in the past, history may not always be an accurate indicator of future returns.  The 
Company continually monitors the provisions for returns and makes adjustments when management believes that actual product 
returns may differ from established reserves.  Generally, the reserve for returns increases as net sales increase.  The reserve for returns 
is included in the rebates, chargebacks and returns payable account on the balance sheet. 

Other Adjustments — Other adjustments consist primarily of price adjustments, also known as “shelf stock adjustments,” which are 
credits issued to reflect decreases in the selling prices of the Company’s products that customers have remaining in their inventories at 
the time of the price reduction.  Decreases in selling prices are discretionary decisions made by management to reflect competitive 
market conditions.  Amounts recorded for estimated shelf stock adjustments are based upon specified terms with direct customers, 
estimated declines in market prices, and estimates of inventory held by customers.  The Company regularly monitors these and other 
factors and evaluates the reserve as additional information becomes available.  Other adjustments are included in the rebates, 
chargebacks and returns payable account on the balance sheet. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables identify the reserves for each major category of revenue allowance and a summary of the activity for fiscal years 
2012, 2011 and 2010.  Unless we have specific information to indicate otherwise, actual credits issued in a given year are assumed to 
be related to sales recorded in prior years based on the Company’s returns policy. 

For the Year Ended June 30, 2012 

(In thousands) 
Reserve Category 
Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2011  ...............  

Actual credits issued related to sales 

  Chargebacks 

Rebates 

Returns 

Other 

Total 

$

5,497 

$

2,925 

$

5,142 

$ 

— 

$

13,564 

recorded in prior fiscal years  ........................  

(5,354) 

(3,084) 

(4,294) 

(152) 

(12,884)

Reserves or (reversals) charged during 
Fiscal 2012 related to sales in prior 
fiscal years  ...................................................  

Reserves charged to net sales during  

Fiscal 2012 related to sales recorded in  
Fiscal 2012  ...................................................  

Actual credits issued related to sales  

(143) 

159 

— 

152 

168 

68,576 

21,019 

4,692 

1,981 

96,268 

recorded in Fiscal 2012  ................................  

(61,513) 

(16,583) 

— 

(1,981) 

(80,077)

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2012  ...............  

$

7,063 

$

4,436 

$

5,540 

$ 

— 

$

17,039 

For the Year Ended June 30, 2011 

(In thousands) 
Reserve Category 
Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2010  ...............  

Actual credits issued related to sales 

  Chargebacks 

Rebates 

Returns 

Other 

Total 

$

6,282 

$

3,566 

$

5,401 

$ 

— 

$

15,249 

recorded in prior fiscal years  ........................  

(6,100) 

(3,947) 

(4,592) 

— 

(14,639)

Reserves or (reversals) charged during 
Fiscal 2011 related to sales in prior 
fiscal years  ...................................................  

Reserves charged to net sales during 

Fiscal 2011 related to sales recorded in 
Fiscal 2011  ...................................................  

Actual credits issued related to sales 

— 

381 

— 

— 

381 

53,687 

16,587 

6,715 

3,502 

80,491 

recorded in Fiscal 2011  ................................  

(48,372) 

(13,662) 

(2,382) 

(3,502) 

(67,918)

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2011  ...............  

$

5,497 

$

2,925 

$

5,142 

$ 

— 

$

13,564 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Year Ended June 30, 2010 

(In thousands) 
Reserve Category 
Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2009  ...............  

Actual credits issued related to sales 

  Chargebacks 

Rebates 

Returns 

Other 

Total 

$

6,090 

$

2,538 

$

5,107 

$ 

— 

$

13,735 

recorded in prior fiscal years  ........................  

(6,069) 

(2,538) 

(3,833) 

— 

(12,440)

Reserves or (reversals) charged during 
Fiscal 2010 related to sales in prior 
fiscal years  ...................................................  

Reserves charged to net sales during 

Fiscal 2010 related to sales recorded in 
Fiscal 2010  ...................................................  

Actual credits issued related to sales 

— 

— 

(401) 

— 

(401)

48,539 

16,353 

4,528 

1,227 

70,647 

recorded in Fiscal 2010  ................................  

(42,278) 

(12,787) 

— 

(1,227) 

(56,292)

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2010  ...............  

$

6,282 

$

3,566 

$

5,401 

$ 

— 

$

15,249 

Reserve Activity 2012 vs. 2011 

The total reserve for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other adjustments increased from $13,564,000 at June 30, 2011 to $17,039,000 
June 30, 2012.  The increase in total reserves was due to an increase in the rebates reserve as a result of increased gross sales to 
customers who participate in rebate programs, the timing of actual rebate credits issued, as well as an additional rebate program the 
Company became obligated to participate in under Medicare Part D.  The increase in chargeback reserves is due primarily to an 
increase in inventory levels at wholesale distribution centers as a result of increased gross sales during Fiscal 2012 as compared to 
Fiscal 2011.  The activity in the “Other” category for the year ended June 30, 2012 includes shelf-stock, shipping and other sales 
adjustments. 

The following tables compare the year-end reserve balances in fiscal years’ 2012 and 2011 and the gross sales mix in Fiscal 2012 and 
Fiscal 2011. 

(In thousands) 
Chargeback reserve  .................................  
Rebate reserve  .........................................  
Return reserve  .........................................  
Other reserve  ...........................................  

2012 

% 

2011 

% 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 

$

$

7,063 
4,436 
5,540 
— 
17,039 

41%  $
26% 
33% 
—% 
100%  $

5,497 
2,925 
5,142 
— 
13,564 

40%
22%
38%
—%
100%

Chain drug stores  .....................................  
Mail Order  ...............................................  
Wholesalers  .............................................  

Fiscal Year ended June 30, 
2011 
2012 

24% 
4% 
72% 
100% 

28%
2%
70%
100%

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reserve Activity 2011 vs. 2010 

The total reserve for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other adjustments decreased from $15,249,000 at June 30, 2010 to $13,564,000 
at June 30, 2011.  The decrease in total reserves was due to a decrease in the rebates reserve as a result of the timing of credits being 
processed by the customers and by the Company, a decrease in chargeback reserves due primarily to a decrease in inventory levels at 
wholesale distribution centers, and a decrease in return reserve primarily due to timing of credits processed by the customer. 

During Fiscal 2011, the Company issued credits totaling $2,382,000 related to Fiscal 2011 gross sales of Morphine Sulfate Oral 
Solution which were returned as a result of the FDA’s action to force the Company to cease manufacturing and distributing this 
product as of July 24, 2010. 

The following tables compare the year-end reserve balances in fiscal years’ 2011 and 2010 and the gross sales mix in Fiscal 2011 and 
Fiscal 2010. 

(In thousands) 
Chargeback reserve  .................................  
Rebate reserve  .........................................  
Return reserve  .........................................  
Other reserve  ...........................................  

2011 

5,497 
2,925 
5,142 
— 
13,564 

$

$

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 
2010 

% 

% 

40%  $
22% 
38% 
—% 
100%  $

6,282 
3,566 
5,401 
— 
15,249 

41%
23%
36%
—%
100%

Chain drug stores  .....................................  
Mail Order  ...............................................  
Wholesalers  .............................................  

Fiscal Year ended June 30, 
2010 
2011 

28% 
2% 
70% 
100% 

32%
4%
64%
100%

Inventories - The Company values its inventory at the lower of cost (determined by the first-in, first-out method) or market, regularly 
reviews inventory quantities on hand, and records a provision for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on estimated forecasts 
of product demand and production requirements.  The Company’s estimates of future product demand may prove to be inaccurate, in 
which case it may have understated or overstated the provision required for excess and obsolete inventory. 

Income Taxes - The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC 740.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by presently 
enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse.  Deferred tax expense/(benefit) is the result of changes in 
deferred tax assets and liabilities.  The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position claimed on a tax return 
only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical 
merits of the position.  The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the 
largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  The authoritative standards issued by 
the FASB also provide guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, accounting in interim 
periods and requires increased disclosures.  The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization of its net deferred tax assets are the 
Company’s forecast of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net 
deferred tax assets.  Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in applicable tax jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of 
deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the Company’s effective tax rate on future earnings. 

Intangible Assets - Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.  Definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are considered impaired if the carrying value of the asset is greater than fair value.  The fair value is 
determined by using a discounted cash flow analysis.  Definite-lived intangible assets are considered impaired if the carrying value of 
the asset is greater than the undiscounted cash flows related to the assets.  Our cash flow models are highly reliant on various 
assumptions which are considered level 3 inputs, including estimates of future cash flow (including long-term growth rates), discount 
rates, and expectations about variations in the amount and timing of cash flows and the probability of achieving the estimated cash 
flows.  As of June 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company had one indefinite-lived intangible asset in the amount of $149,000.  The 
Company performed the annual impairment test in the fourth quarter and determined that no impairment charges were required.  No 
events or changes in circumstances were identified during Fiscal 2012 or Fiscal 2011 that would indicate a need to perform 
impairment analyses for definite-lived intangible assets.  As such, no impairment charges were required. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the estimated useful lives, generally for periods ranging from 10 to 15 years.  The 
Company continually evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets.  For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 
and 2010, the Company incurred amortization expense of $1,879,000, $1,875,000, and $1,833,000, respectively. 

Share-based Compensation - Share-based compensation costs are recognized over the vesting period based on the fair value of the 
instrument on the date of grant less an estimate for forfeitures.  The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to 
determine the fair value of stock options and the share price on the grant date to value restricted stock.  The fair value model includes 
various assumptions, including the expected volatility, expected life of the awards, and risk-free interest rates.  These assumptions 
involve inherent uncertainties based on market conditions which are generally outside the Company’s control.  Changes in these 
assumptions could have a material impact on share-based compensation costs recognized in the financial statements.  Refer to Note 18 
of our Consolidated Financial Statements for a detailed description of our Black-Scholes weighted average assumptions for fiscal 
2012, 2011, and 2010. 

New Accounting Pronouncements - 

In June 2011, the FASB issued authoritative guidance which allows an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, 
the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of 
comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements.  In both options, an entity is required to present each component 
of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive 
income, and a total amount for comprehensive income.  This guidance eliminates the option to present the components of other 
comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity.  This guidance does not change the items that must 
be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income.  This 
authoritative guidance must be applied retrospectively, and is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, 
beginning after December 15, 2011.  In December 2011, the FASB issued an update deferring the effective date for amendments to the 
presentation of reclassifications of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income.  The adoption of this guidance by the 
Company on July 1, 2012 will not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as it only requires a 
change in the format of the current presentation. 

In July 2012, the FASB issued authoritative guidance which allows an entity the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine 
whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is 
impaired.  If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the 
indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, then the entity is not required to take further action.  An entity also has the option to 
bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset in any period and proceed directly to performing the 
quantitative impairment test.  An entity will be able to resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period.  The 
amendments are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. 
Early adoption is permitted, including for annual and interim impairment tests performed as of a date before July 27, 2012, if a public 
entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued or, for nonpublic entities, have not 
yet been made available for issuance.  The Company adopted this guidance effective July 1, 2012.  The adoption of this guidance by 
the Company is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

Results of Operations — Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011 

Net sales increased 15% from $106,835,000 in Fiscal 2011 to $122,990,000 in Fiscal 2012.  The following factors contributed to the 
$16,155,000 increase in sales: 

Medical indication 
Antibiotic  .....................................................................................................................  
Cardiovascular  .............................................................................................................  
Gallstone Prevention  ....................................................................................................  
Glaucoma  .....................................................................................................................  
Migraine Headache  ......................................................................................................  
Obesity  .........................................................................................................................  
Pain Management  ........................................................................................................  
Thyroid Deficiency  ......................................................................................................  

Sales volume 
change % 

Sales price 
change % 

57% 
58% 
26% 
13% 
(29)% 
26% 
(2)% 
7% 

(47)%
(13)%
(15)%
23%
(2)%
(8)%
44%
1%

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of drugs used for pain management increased by $6,123,000 for Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011 due mainly to a price 
increase as well as additional volume of C-Topical Solution shipped to wholesale distributors.  The Company also commenced 
shipments of Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution in the first quarter of Fiscal 2012 based on its June 2011 FDA approval which 
contributed to the overall increase in pain management sales.  Partially offsetting these increases was decreases in volume of 
Oxycodone sold during Fiscal 2012. Sales of drugs for cardiovascular treatment increased by approximately $5,589,000 compared to 
Fiscal 2011 mainly due to a recently approved product for the treatment of hypertension which commenced shipping at the end of 
December 2011 partially offset by a competitive price reduction for another cardiovascular product during the third quarter of Fiscal 
2011 in order to retain one of our major customers.  Sales of drugs used in the treatment of thyroid deficiency increased by 
approximately $3,798,000 for Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011 primarily as a result of increased sales volume to one of our major 
retail customers, partially offset by a decrease in price related to Medicare Part D coverage gap rebates totaling approximately 
$1,797,000.  Sales of drugs used for anti-psychosis treatment increased by $1,286,000 during Fiscal 2012 mainly due to the Loxapine 
product launch.  Additional sales can also be attributed to drugs used for the treatment of glaucoma prevention which accounted for an 
increase in net sales of $1,134,000 for Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011. The overall increase in sales was partially offset by a 
decrease in sales of drugs used for the treatment of migraine headaches by $2,683,000 for Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011 
primarily as a result of decreased volumes to both chain drug stores and wholesale distributors.  Sales of prescription vitamins 
decreased by $1,838,000 due to the settlement agreement reached with KV on December 15, 2010 which required the Company to 
cease selling products covered by the licensed patents. 

The Company sells its products to customers in various categories.  The table below presents the Company’s net sales to each 
category. 

(In thousands) 
Customer Category 

  Fiscal 2012 Net Sales

  Fiscal 2011 Net Sales

Wholesaler/Distributor  ...............................................................................  

$

68,082 

$ 

Retail Chain  ...............................................................................................  

Mail-Order Pharmacy  ................................................................................  

45,633 

9,275 

56,632

46,270

3,933

Total  ...........................................................................................................  

$

122,990 

$ 

106,835

The sales to wholesaler/distributor increased primarily as a result of the increase in sales of pain management products discussed 
above, partially offset by a decrease in demand for migraine headache products for which the company is no longer the primary 
supplier.  The sales to retail chains decreased due to the discontinuation of sales of prescription vitamins, lower volumes of drugs used 
for the treatment of migraine headaches, in addition to a Medicare Part D coverage gap rebate totaling approximately $1,797,000 
related to sales of drugs used for the treatment of thyroid deficiency.  Mail-order pharmacy sales increased primarily as a result of 
increased sales due to a recently approved product for the treatment of hypertension which commenced shipping in January 2012. 

Cost of sales increased slightly to $84,043,000 in Fiscal 2012 from $83,515,000 in Fiscal 2011.  The increase reflected the impact of 
the 15% increase in sales as well as a change in the mix of products sold, partially offset by manufacturing efficiencies.  Cost of sales 
for Fiscal 2011 included additional inventory reserves totaling $1,738,000 related to Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution and the reversal 
of royalty expense totaling $618,000 as a result of the settlement agreement reached with KV in December 2010. 

Amortization expense included in cost of sales change above primarily relates to the JSP Distribution Agreement.  For the remaining 
term of the JSP Distribution Agreement, the Company will incur annual amortization expense of approximately $1,785,000 related to 
this agreement. 

Gross profit margins for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 were 32% and 22%, respectively.  Gross profit percentage increased due to a 
change in the mix of products sold as discussed above, in addition to manufacturing efficiencies.  Gross profit margins in Fiscal 2011 
were negatively impacted by additional inventory reserves totaling $1,738,000 related to Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution partially 
offset by the reversal of royalty expense totaling $618,000 as a result of the settlement agreement reached with KV in December 2010.  
Pricing pressure from competitors and costs of producing or purchasing new drugs may also fluctuate in the future. Changes in the 
future sales product mix may also occur.  These changes may affect the gross profit percentage in future periods. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development (“R&D”) expenses increased 38% to $11,844,000 in Fiscal 2012 from $8,587,000 in Fiscal 2011.  The 
increase is primarily due to compensation related costs incurred during Fiscal 2012 but not incurred in Fiscal 2011, in addition to 
increased internal research and development activities partially offset by a decrease in costs related to biostudies as a result of the 
timing of milestone achievements for costs of products in development.  The Company expenses all production costs as R&D until the 
drug is approved by the FDA.  R&D expenses may fluctuate from period to period, based on R&D plans for submission to the FDA. 

Selling, general and administrative (“S,G&A”) expenses increased 27% to $20,193,000 in Fiscal 2012 from $15,912,000 in Fiscal 
2011.  The increase is primarily due to compensation related costs incurred during Fiscal 2012 but not incurred in Fiscal 2011, in 
addition to an increase in outsourced sales and marketing expenses.  Fiscal 2011 also includes the reversal of the remaining Fiscal 
2010 accrued bonuses totaling $1,391,000, of which $1,010,000 was included in SG&A.  While the Company is focused on 
controlling costs, increases in personnel costs may have an ongoing and longer lasting impact on the administrative cost structure. 

Other costs are being incurred to facilitate improvements in the Company’s infrastructure.  These costs are expected to be temporary 
investments in the future of the Company and may not continue at the same level. 

Interest expense increased to $273,000 in Fiscal 2012 from $214,000 in Fiscal 2011, due to higher average levels of long-term debt 
outstanding during Fiscal 2012.  Interest and dividend income increased to $142,000 in Fiscal 2012 from $91,000 in Fiscal 2011 due 
to higher interest earned on larger average investment securities balances throughout Fiscal 2012.  The Company recorded losses on 
trading investment securities during Fiscal 2012 totaling $103,000, of which $236,000 was realized gains and $339,000 was 
unrealized losses compared to realized and unrealized gains totaling $206,000 in Fiscal 2011. 

The Company recorded income tax expense totaling $2,600,000 in Fiscal 2012 compared to an income tax benefit totaling $461,000 in 
Fiscal 2011.  The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2012 was 39.3% compared to 65.8% for Fiscal 2011.  The effective tax rate for Fiscal 
2012 includes the impact of nondeductible incentive stock option compensation expense relative to pretax income for Fiscal 2012 
partially offset by the impact of income tax credits.  The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2012 was lower compared to Fiscal 2011 due 
primarily to the impact in Fiscal 2011 of income tax credits and the reversal of a portion of our liability for unrecognized tax benefits 
totaling $264,000 related to a settlement with the IRS.  These increases were partially offset by the effect of nondeductible incentive 
stock option compensation expenses relative to the pretax income for Fiscal 2011. 

At June 30, 2012, the Company has recognized a net deferred tax asset of $13,902,000.  The net deferred tax asset is net of a valuation 
allowance of $2,112,000 that is primarily related to the Cody notes receivable impairment incurred in conjunction with the acquisition 
of Cody Labs.  The Company has provided for the valuation allowance related to the notes receivable impairment as this benefit will 
be realized only upon the disposition of Cody Labs.  As the Company has no current plans to dispose of its holdings in Cody, a full 
valuation allowance has been established.  The Company expects the remaining net deferred tax assets to be fully realizable based on 
the Company’s history and future expectations of generating sufficient taxable income. 

The Company reported a net income attributable to Lannett of $3,948,000 for Fiscal 2012, or $0.14 basic and diluted earnings per 
share, compared to a net loss attributable to Lannett of $277,000 for Fiscal 2011, or $0.01 basic and diluted loss per share. 

Results of Operations — Fiscal 2011 compared to Fiscal 2010 

Net sales decreased 15% from $125,178,000 in Fiscal 2010 to $106,835,000 in Fiscal 2011.  The following factors contributed to the 
$18,343,000 decrease in sales: 

Medical indication 
Antibiotics  ...................................................................................................................  
Cardiovascular  ............................................................................................................  
Gallstone Prevention  ...................................................................................................  
Glaucoma  ....................................................................................................................  
Migraine Headache  .....................................................................................................  
Obesity  ........................................................................................................................  
Pain Management  .......................................................................................................  
Prescription Vitamin  ...................................................................................................  
Thyroid Deficiency  .....................................................................................................  

Sales volume 
change % 

Sales price 
change % 

(10)% 
(22)% 
175% 
27% 
(1)% 
(19)% 
(22)% 
(73)% 
7% 

5%
(19)%
(30)%
27%
(11)%
7%
33%
22%
(16)%

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of drugs used in the treatment of thyroid deficiency decreased by $5,174,000 for Fiscal 2011 compared to Fiscal 2010 primarily 
as a result of a competitive price reduction in order to retain one of our major customers.  Included in this amount is a one-time shelf 
stock adjustment totaling $1,500,000.  The overall decrease in sales was also affected by a decrease in sales of drugs for 
cardiovascular treatment of $8,443,000 for Fiscal 2011 compared to Fiscal 2010 mainly due to a decrease in the volume of bottles 
shipped, as well as a result of a competitive price reduction in order to retain one of our major customers.  Included in this amount is a 
one-time shelf stock adjustment totaling $638,000.  Net sales of our prescription vitamins also decreased by $3,802,000 due to the 
settlement agreement reached with KV on December 15, 2010 which requires the Company to cease selling products covered by the 
licensed patents.  Sales of drugs used for the treatment of migraine headaches decreased by $1,201,000 for Fiscal 2011 compared to 
Fiscal 2010 primarily as a result of a price reduction.  The overall decrease in sales was partially offset by an increase in sales of drugs 
used for pain management which increased by $618,000 for Fiscal 2011 compared to Fiscal 2010. This increase is primarily the result 
of an increase in demand for pain management products including Hydromorphone HCl and Oxycodone HCl which increased 
$4,044,000 and $3,205,000, respectively for Fiscal 2011 compared to Fiscal 2010.  Partially offsetting this increase were Fiscal 2010 
revenues of Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution totaling $6,337,000 which were not recognized in Fiscal 2011 as a result of the FDA’s 
action to force Lannett and all but one competitor to cease manufacturing and/or distributing Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution effective 
July 24, 2010. 

The Company sells its products to customers in various categories.  The table below presents the Company’s net sales to each 
category. 

(In thousands) 
Customer Category 

  Fiscal 2011 Net Sales

  Fiscal 2010 Net Sales

Wholesaler/Distributor  ...............................................................................  

$

56,632 

$ 

Retail Chain  ...............................................................................................  

Mail-Order Pharmacy  ................................................................................  

46,270 

3,933 

58,166

60,321

6,691

Total  ...........................................................................................................  

$

106,835 

$ 

125,178

The sales to wholesaler/distributor decreased as a result of the decrease in sales of Morphine Oral Solution discussed above, partially 
offset by an increase in demand for products for which the Company is a major supplier such as drugs used for the treatment of 
gallstones.  The sales to retail chains decreased primarily as a result of the competitive price reductions on two products in order to 
retain one of our major customers as discussed above. Sales to retail chains also declined as a result of the settlement agreement 
reached with KV which requires the Company to cease selling products covered by the licensed patents as discussed above. 

Cost of sales decreased slightly to $83,515,000 in Fiscal 2011 from $83,838,000 in Fiscal 2010.  The decrease reflected the impact of 
the 15% decrease in sales as well as a change in the mix of products sold.  Cost of sales includes the additional inventory reserves 
totaling $1,738,000 related to Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution.  The Company increased its reserves related to Morphine Sulfate Oral 
Solution as a result of new information obtained during the January 2011 meeting with the FDA in that the FDA required a pre-
approval inspection (“PAI”) as part of the MS NDA approval process. The Company received FDA approval in June 2011 to begin 
selling Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution although existing inventories totaling $2,063,000 are fully reserved as of June 30, 2011 based 
on their expiration dates.  Cost of sales also included the reversal of royalty expense in Fiscal 2011 totaling $618,000 as a result of the 
settlement agreement reached with KV whereas Fiscal 2010 includes additional royalties of $455,000 primarily related to the sale of 
the prescription vitamins, our Amantadine product and the final payments under the Provell termination agreement. 

Amortization expense included in cost of sales change above primarily relates to the JSP Distribution Agreement.  For the remaining 
term of the JSP Distribution Agreement, the Company will incur annual amortization expense of approximately $1,785,000 related to 
this agreement. 

Gross profit margins for Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010 were 22% and 33%, respectively.  Gross profit percentage decreased due to the 
overall decline in sales described above.  Gross profit margins were also reduced by the additional inventory reserves recorded during 
Fiscal 2011 totaling $1,738,000 related to Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution as discussed above.  Partially offsetting the decrease was an 
increase due to the reversal of royalty expense totaling $618,000 as a result of the settlement agreement reached with KV.  While the 
Company is continuously striving to keep product costs low, there can be no guarantee that profit margins will not fluctuate in future 
periods.  Pricing pressure from competitors and costs of producing or purchasing new drugs may also fluctuate in the future. Changes 
in the future sales product mix may also occur. These changes may affect the gross profit percentage in future periods. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development (“R&D”) expenses decreased 24% to $8,587,000 in Fiscal 2011 from $11,252,000 in Fiscal 2010.  The 
decrease is primarily due to the timing of milestone achievements for costs of products in development and completed phases for 
several biostudies.  The Company expenses all production costs as R&D until the drug is approved by the FDA.  R&D expenses may 
fluctuate from period to period, based on R&D plans for submission to the FDA. 

Selling, general and administrative (“S,G&A”) expenses decreased 8% to $15,912,000 in Fiscal 2011 from $17,375,000 in Fiscal 
2010.  The decrease is primarily due to incentive compensation costs incurred in Fiscal 2010, but not incurred in Fiscal 2011, as well 
as the reversal of the remaining Fiscal 2010 accrued bonuses totaling approximately $1,391,000 in the second quarter of Fiscal 2011 
(see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements), of which approximately $1,010,000 was included in S,G &A.  Partially 
offsetting the overall decrease are increased legal costs of $784,000 related to the litigation with the FDA regarding the status of 
Grandfathered products, including our Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution.  While the Company is focused on controlling costs, increases 
in personnel costs may have an ongoing and longer lasting impact on the administrative cost structure.  Other costs are being incurred 
to facilitate improvements in the Company’s infrastructure.  These costs are expected to be temporary investments in the future of the 
Company and may not continue at the same level. 

Grant income of $410,000 recognized in Fiscal 2011 is related to the grant funding received in July 2004 totaling $500,000 from the 
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the “Commonwealth”), acting through the Department of Community and Economic Development. 

The grant funding program required the Company to use the funds for machinery and equipment located at their Pennsylvania 
locations, hire additional full-time employees, operate its Pennsylvania locations a minimum of five years and meet certain matching 
investment requirements.  If the Company failed to comply with any of the requirements above, the Company would be liable to repay 
the full amount of the grant funding.  In June 2011, the Company reached a formal agreement with the Commonwealth as to whether 
it complied with all of the requirements of the grant funding program.  Based on the terms of the agreement, the Company was 
required to repay $90,000 to the Commonwealth, which resulted in the recognition of the remaining $410,000 of the funding as grant 
income (see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). 

Interest expense decreased to $214,000 in Fiscal 2011 from $276,000 in Fiscal 2010, due to lower levels of long-term debt outstanding 
during Fiscal 2011.  Interest and dividend income increased to $91,000 in Fiscal 2011 from $62,000 in Fiscal 2010 due to higher 
interest earned on larger investment securities balances. 

The Company recorded an income tax benefit totaling $461,000 in Fiscal 2011 compared to income tax expense totaling $4,813,000 in 
Fiscal 2010.  The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2011 was 65.8% compared to 37.5% for Fiscal 2010.  The effective tax rate for Fiscal 
2011 was higher compared to Fiscal 2010 due primarily to the impact in Fiscal 2011 of income tax credits and the reversal of a portion 
of our liability for unrecognized tax benefits totaling $264,000 related to a settlement with the IRS.  These increases were partially 
offset by the effect of nondeductible incentive stock option compensation expenses relative to the pretax income for Fiscal 2011.  The 
effective tax rate for Fiscal 2010 includes the impact of a change in Pennsylvania tax law which lowered the Company’s 
apportionment factor within this state.  The impact of this change caused the Company to reduce its deferred tax assets by $650,000, 
and therefore increased the effective tax rate by approximately 5% for Fiscal 2010.  The increase in effective tax rate related to this 
change in Pennsylvania tax law was essentially offset by the impact of the settlement reached with the IRS related to its review of the 
federal income tax return for Fiscal 2008.  As a result of the settlement, the Company recorded a refund receivable totaling $421,000 
and reduced its liability for unrecognized tax benefits by $216,000.  In addition, the Company amended its Fiscal 2005 income tax 
return during Fiscal 2010 to claim additional federal income tax credits, which was accepted as timely filed by the IRS.  As a result, 
the Company reduced its income taxes payable for Fiscal 2010 by $528,000 related to this amended income tax return. 

At June 30, 2011, the Company has recognized a net deferred tax asset of $14,984,000.  The net deferred tax asset is net of a valuation 
allowance of $2,032,000 that is primarily related to the Cody notes receivable impairment incurred in conjunction with the acquisition 
of Cody Labs.  The Company has provided for the valuation allowance related to the notes receivable impairment as this benefit will 
be realized only upon the disposition of Cody Labs.  As the Company has no current plans to dispose of its holdings in Cody, a full 
valuation allowance has been established.  The Company expects the remaining net deferred tax assets to be fully realizable based on 
the Company’s history and future expectations of generating sufficient taxable income. 

The Company reported a net loss attributable to Lannett of $277,000 for Fiscal 2011, or $0.01 basic and diluted loss per share, 
compared to net income attributable to Lannett of $7,821,000 for Fiscal 2010, or $0.32 basic and $0.31 diluted earnings per share. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources 

The Company has historically financed its operations with cash flow generated from operations, supplemented with borrowings from 
various government agencies and financial institutions.  At June 30, 2012, working capital was $66,089,000 as compared to 
$59,282,000 at June 30, 2011, an increase of $6,807,000. 

Net cash from operating activities of $11,121,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 reflected net income of $4,018,000 after 
adjustments for non-cash items of $9,093,000, as well as cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $1,990,000.  
Significant changes in operating assets and liabilities are comprised of: 

•  An increase in trade accounts receivable of $8,751,000 primarily as a result of increased sales in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 
2012 compared to the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2011. The Company’s days sales outstanding (“DSO”), based on gross sales, 
for Fiscal 2012 was 61 days.  The level of DSO at June 30, 2012 is comparable to the Company’s expectation that DSO will 
be in the 60 to 70 day range based on 60 day payment terms for most customers. 

•  A decrease in income taxes receivable of $1,516,000 primarily as a result of Fiscal 2012 taxable income. 
•  An increase in rebates, chargebacks and returns payable of $3,475,000 primarily due to an increase in rebates reserve as a 

result of increased sales to customers who participate in rebate programs, the timing of credits taken by customers, as well as 
an additional rebate program the Company became obligated to participate in under Medicare Part D, and an increase in 
chargeback reserves due primarily to an increase in inventory levels at wholesale distribution centers. 

•  An increase in accrued payroll and payroll related costs of $2,209,000 primarily related to accrued incentive compensation 

costs in Fiscal 2012. 

Net cash provided by investing activities of $7,379,000 for the year ended June 30, 2012 is mainly the result of proceeds from the sale 
of investment securities of $35,910,000, partially offset purchases of investment securities of $23,301,000 and purchases of property, 
plant and equipment of $5,237,000. 

Net cash used in financing activities of $1,130,000 for Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to scheduled repayments of debt of $661,000 
and purchases of treasury stock of $722,000, partially offset by proceeds from the issuance of stock pursuant to stock compensation 
plans of $272,000. 

The Company has entered into agreements with various government agencies and financial institutions to provide additional cash to 
help finance the Company’s various capital investments and potential strategic opportunities.  These borrowing arrangements as of 
June 30, 2012 are as follows: 

The Company has a $3,000,000 line of credit from Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) that was scheduled to expire on 
March 31, 2012.  The line of credit was renewed and extended until April 30, 2013 and bears interest of 1-month LIBOR Market 
Index Rate plus 2.00%.  The interest rate at June 30, 2012 and 2011 was 2.25% and 3.00%, respectively.  Availability under the line of 
credit is reduced by outstanding letters of credit totaling $5,000 at June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011.  As of June 30, 2012 and 2011, 
the Company had $2,995,000 of availability under the line of credit.  The availability fee on the unused balance of the line of credit is 
0.375%.  The line of credit is collateralized by the working capital assets of the Company.  As of June 30, 2012, the Company was in 
compliance with the financial covenants under the agreement. 

The Company borrowed $1,250,000 through the Pennsylvania Industrial Development Authority (“PIDA”).  The Company is required 
to make equal payments each month for 180 months starting February 1, 2006 with interest of 2.75% per annum.  The PIDA Loan has 
$777,000 outstanding as of June 30, 2012 with $81,000 currently due. 

In April 1999, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Philadelphia Authority for Industrial Development (the 
“Authority” or “PAID”), to finance future construction and growth projects of the Company. The Authority issued $3,700,000 in tax-
exempt variable rate demand and fixed rate revenue bonds to provide the funds to finance such growth projects pursuant to a trust 
indenture (“the Trust Indenture”).  A portion of the Company’s proceeds from the bonds was used to pay for bond issuance costs of 
$170,000.  The Trust Indenture requires that the Company repay the Authority loan through installment payments beginning in 
May 2003 and continuing through May 2014, the year the bonds mature. The bonds bear interest at the floating variable rate 
determined by the organization responsible for selling the bonds (the “remarketing agent”).  The interest rate fluctuates on a weekly 
basis.  The effective interest rate at June 30, 2012 and 2011 was 0.38% and 0.40%, respectively.  At June 30, 2012, the Company has 
$290,000 outstanding on the Authority loan, of which $140,000 is classified as currently due.  In April 1999, an irrevocable letter of 
credit of $3,770,000 was issued by Wells Fargo. This letter of credit is renewed annually to secure payment of the outstanding 
Authority loan balance and a portion of the related accrued interest.  At June 30, 2012, no portion of the letter of credit has been 
utilized. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company has negotiated a set of mortgages on its Townsend Road facility with both Wells Fargo and PIDA.  The Wells Fargo 
portion of the loan is for $3,056,000, bears a floating interest rate of the 1-Month LIBOR rate plus 2.95%, amortizes the loan over a 15 
year term and has an 8 year maturity date.  The effective interest rate at June 30, 2012 and 2011 was 3.20% and 3.14%, respectively.  
The PIDA portion of the loan is for $2,000,000, bears an interest rate of 3.75% and matures in 15 years.  Both loans closed and were 
funded in May 2011.  At June 30, 2012, the Company has $2,818,000 outstanding on the Wells Fargo portion of the loan, of which 
$204,000 is classified as currently due.  The PIDA Loan has $1,899,000 outstanding as of June 30, 2012 with $105,000 currently due. 

The Company has executed Security Agreements with Wells Fargo, PIDA and PIDC in which the Company has agreed to pledge its 
working capital, some equipment and its Townsend Road property to collateralize the amounts due. 

The Company consolidates Cody LCI Realty, LLC, a variable interest entity (“VIE”), for which Cody Labs is the primary beneficiary.  
See Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.”  A mortgage loan with First 
National Bank of Cody related to the purchase of land and building by the VIE has also been consolidated in the Company’s 
consolidated balance sheets.  The mortgage requires monthly principal and interest payments of $15,000.  Effective February 2011, 
the interest rate was modified from a fixed rate of 7.5% to a floating rate with a floor of 4.5% and a ceiling of 9.0%, with payments to 
be made through April 2022.  As of June 30, 2012, $1,377,000 is outstanding under the mortgage loan, of which $118,000 is classified 
as currently due with a rate of 4.5%. The mortgage is collateralized by the land and building. 

The following table represents annual contractual obligations as of June 30, 2012: 

(In thousands) 

Total 

Less than 1 
year 

1-3 years 

3-5 years 

Years 

  More than 5 

Long-Term Debt  ............................................  
Purchase Obligations  .....................................  
Interest on Obligations  ...................................  
Total  ...............................................................  

$

$

7,161 
41,250 
1,595 
50,006 

$

$

648 
23,250 
240 
24,138 

$

$

1,202 
18,000 
421 
19,623 

$ 

$ 

1,103 
— 
342 
1,445 

$

$

4,208 
— 
592 
4,800 

The purchase obligations above are primarily due to the agreement with Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“JSP”). If the 
minimum purchase requirement is not met, JSP has the right to terminate the contract within 60 days of Lannett’s failure to meet the 
requirement.  If JSP terminates the contract, Lannett does not pay any fee, but could lose its exclusive distribution rights in the United 
States.  If Lannett’s management believes that it is not in the Company’s best interest to fulfill the minimum purchase requirements, it 
can also terminate the contract without any penalty.  If either party were to terminate the purchase agreement, there would be a 
significant impact on the operating cash flows of the Company from the termination.  See Note 22 to our Consolidated Financial 
Statements for more information on the terms, conditions and financial impact of the JSP Distribution Agreement. 

Prospects for the Future 

Generic pharmaceutical manufacturers and distributors are constantly faced with pricing pressures in the marketplace as competitors 
attempt to lure business from distributors, wholesalers and chain retailers by offering lower prices than the incumbent supplier.  
Lannett tries to differentiate itself in the marketplace by complementing its lower cost offerings with higher levels of customer service 
and quality of the products.  But as Lannett enters Fiscal Year 2013, there is an increasing number of competitors on our key products 
that are attempting to supplant Lannett as the preferred vendor. 

Beginning in the first quarter of Fiscal 2011, Lannett faced significant pricing challenges on its top two selling products.  In order to 
keep the volume of business with the specific customers involved, Lannett chose to reduce its selling price on both of the products.  
These price reductions had and may continue to have a significant impact to the gross profit margins and profitability of Lannett 
expected in the future. 

The Company has had difficulty marketing its Oxycodone HCl Solution product starting in the third quarter of Fiscal 2011 due to the 
current limitations by the DEA to grant additional manufacturing quota to Cody Labs for its production.  This product contributed 
approximately $3.8 million in revenue in Fiscal 2012 and $4.6 million in Fiscal 2011.  The loss of this product would have a 
significant impact to the gross profit margins and profitability of Lannett expected in the future. 

The Company has several generic products under development.  These products are all orally-administered, topical, injectable and 
parenteral products designed to be generic equivalents to brand named innovator drugs.  The Company’s developmental drug products 
are intended to treat a diverse range of indications.  As one of the oldest generic drug manufacturers in the country, formed in 1942, 
Lannett currently owns several ANDAs for products which it does not manufacture and market.  These ANDAs are dormant on the 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company’s records.  Occasionally, the Company reviews such ANDAs to determine if the market potential for any of these older 
drugs has recently changed, so as to make it attractive for Lannett to reconsider manufacturing and selling it.  If the Company makes 
the determination to introduce one of these products into the consumer marketplace, it must review the ANDA and related 
documentation to ensure that the approved product specifications, formulation and other factors meet current FDA requirements for 
the marketing of that drug.  The Company would then redevelop the product and submit it to the FDA for supplemental approval.  The 
FDA’s approval process for ANDA supplements is similar to that of a new ANDA.  Generally, in these situations, the Company must 
file a supplement to the FDA for the applicable ANDA, informing the FDA of any significant changes in the manufacturing process, 
the formulation, or the raw material supplier of the previously-approved ANDA. Recently, the FDA has announced that it will 
prioritize its review of 3,800 Chemistry Manufacturing and Control (“CMC”) supplements in order to make progress on reviewing a 
backlog of over 2,200 ANDAs.  This could negatively impact the sales of future products. 

The products under development are at various stages in the development cycle—formulation, scale-up, and/or clinical testing.  
Depending on the complexity of the active ingredient’s chemical characteristics, the cost of the raw material, the FDA-mandated 
requirement of bioequivalence studies, the cost of such studies and other developmental factors, the cost to develop a new generic 
product varies and on average can range from $0.1 million to $1.7 million.  Some of Lannett’s developmental products will require 
bioequivalence studies, while others will not—depending on the FDA’s Orange Book classification.  Since the Company has no 
control over the FDA review process, management is unable to anticipate whether or when it will be able to begin producing and 
shipping additional products. 

The Company views its April 2007 acquisition of Cody Laboratories, Inc. (“Cody Labs” or “Cody”) as an important step in becoming 
a vertically integrated narcotics manufacturer and distributor by allowing it to concentrate on developing and completing its dosage 
form manufacturing in order to reduce narcotic API costs. In July 2008, the DEA granted Cody Labs a license to directly import raw 
poppy straw for conversion into API and/or various pharmaceutical products.  Only six other companies in the U.S. have been granted 
this license to date.  This license allows the Company to avoid increased costs associated with buying narcotic API from other 
manufacturers.  The Company anticipates that it can use this license to become a vertically integrated manufacturer of narcotic 
products, as well as a supplier of API to the pharmaceutical industry.  The Company believes that the aging domestic population may 
result in a higher demand for pain management pharmaceutical products and that it will be well-positioned to take advantage of this 
increased demand. 

Cody Labs’ manufacturing expertise in narcotic APIs will allow Lannett to build a market with limited domestic competition.  The 
Company anticipates that the demand for narcotics and controlled drugs will continue to grow as the “Baby Boomer” generation ages 
and that it is well-positioned to take advantage of these opportunities by concentrating additional resources in the narcotics and 
controlled drugs area.  The sale of pain management products approximated 17% of net sales for the year Fiscal 2012 and 14% of net 
sales for the Fiscal 2011.  Due to the FDA’s actions against Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution and a slow down in the demand for one 
other product that is manufactured at Cody, Lannett incurred a decrease in the percentage of sales related to pain management 
products during Fiscal 2011.  Since the Company received the FDA approval for its 505(b)(2) New Drug Application for Morphine 
Sulfate Oral Solution in June 2011, net sales related to pain management products have increased. 

In addition to the efforts of its internal product development group, Lannett has contracted with several outside firms for the 
formulation and development of several new generic drug products.  These outsourced R&D products are at various stages in the 
development cycle — formulation, analytical method development and testing and manufacturing scale-up.  These products are orally-
administered solid dosage products, topical, injectable or parenterals intended to treat a diverse range of medical indications.  We 
intend to ultimately transfer the formulation technology and manufacturing process for most of these R&D products to our own 
commercial manufacturing sites.  The Company initiated these outsourced R&D efforts to complement the progress of its own internal 
R&D efforts. 

Occasionally, the Company will work on developing a drug product that does not require FDA approval.  Certain prescription drugs 
do not require prior FDA approval before marketing.  They include, for instance, drugs listed as DESI drugs (Drug Efficacy Study 
implementation) which are under evaluation by FDA, Grandfathered Drugs, and prescription multivitamin drugs. A generic 
manufacturer may sell products which are chemically equivalent to innovator drugs, under FDA rules by simply performing and 
internally documenting the normal research and development involved in bringing a new product to market.  Under this scenario, a 
generic company can forego the time required for FDA approval. 

More specifically, certain products, marketed prior to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act may be considered GRASE or 
Grandfathered.  GRASE products are those “old drugs that do not require prior approval from FDA in order to be marketed because 
they are generally recognized as safe and effective based on published scientific literature.”  Similarly, Grandfathered products are 
those which “entered the market before the passage of the 1938 act or the 1962 amendments to the act.”  Under the grandfather clause, 
such a product is exempted from the “effectiveness requirements [of the act] if its composition and labeling have not changed since 
1962 and if, on the day before the 1962 amendments became effective, it was (1) used or sold commercially in the United States, (2) 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
not a new drug as defined by the act at that time, and (3) not covered by an effective application.” Recently, the FDA has increased its 
efforts to force companies to file and seek FDA approval for these GRASE products.  Efforts have included granting market 
exclusivity to approved GRASE products and issuing notices to companies currently producing these products. 

The Company has entered supply and development agreements with certain international companies, including Wintac of India, Orion 
Pharma of Finland, Azad Pharma AG and Swiss Caps of Switzerland, Pharma 2B (formerly Pharmaseed) of Israel and the GC Group, 
as well as certain domestic companies, including JSP, Banner Pharmacaps, Cerovene and Summit Bioscience.  The Company is 
currently in negotiations on similar agreements with other international companies, through which Lannett will market and distribute 
products manufactured by Lannett or by third parties.  Lannett intends to use its strong customer relationships to build its market share 
for such products, and increase future revenues and income. 

The majority of the Company’s R&D projects are being developed in-house under Lannett’s direct supervision and with Company 
personnel.  Hence, the Company does not believe that its outside contracts for product development and manufacturing supply are 
material in nature, nor is the Company substantially dependent on the services rendered by such outside firms. 

Lannett may increase its focus on certain specialty markets in the generic pharmaceutical industry.  Such a focus is intended to provide 
Lannett customers with increased product alternatives in categories with relatively few market participants.  While there is no 
guarantee that Lannett has the market expertise or financial resources necessary to succeed in such a market specialty, management is 
confident that such future focus will be well received by Lannett customers and increase shareholder value in the long run. 

The Company plans to enhance relationships with strategic business partners, including providers of product development research, 
raw materials, active pharmaceutical ingredients as well as finished goods.  Management believes that mutually beneficial strategic 
relationships in such areas, including potential financing arrangements, partnerships, joint ventures or acquisitions, could allow for 
potential competitive advantages in the generic pharmaceutical market.  The Company plans to continue to explore such areas for 
potential opportunities to enhance shareholder value. 

ITEM 7A. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

The Company has debt instruments with variable interest rates.  The Company has a $3,000,000 line of credit from Wells Fargo Bank, 
N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) that was scheduled to expire on March 31, 2012.  The line of credit was renewed and extended until April 30, 
2013 and bears interest of 1-month LIBOR Market Index Rate plus 2.00%.  The interest rate at June 30, 2012 and 2011 was 2.25% 
and 3.00%.  Availability under the line of credit is reduced by outstanding letters of credit totaling $5,000 at June 30, 2012 and June 
30, 2011.  As of June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, the Company had $2,995,000 of availability under the line of credit.  The 
availability fee on the unused balance of the line of credit is 0.375%.  The line of credit is collateralized by the working capital assets 
of the Company.  As of June 30, 2012, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants under the agreement. 

The Company has negotiated a set of mortgages on its Townsend Road facility with both Wells Fargo and PIDA.  The Wells Fargo 
portion of the loan is for $3,056,000, bears a floating interest rate of the 1-Month LIBOR rate plus 2.95%, amortizes the loan over a 15 
year term and has an 8 year maturity date.  The effective interest rate at June 30, 2012 and 2011 was 3.20% and 3.14%, respectively.  
At June 30, 2012, the Company has $2,818,000 outstanding on the loan, of which $204,000 is classified as currently due. 

A mortgage loan with First National Bank of Cody related to the purchase of land and building by Cody LCI Realty, LLC, a variable 
interest entity, has also been consolidated in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.  The mortgage requires monthly principal 
and interest payments of $15,000.  Effective February 2011, the interest rate was modified from a fixed rate of 7.5% to a floating rate 
with a floor of 4.5% and a ceiling of 9.0%, with payments to be made through April 2022.  As of June 30, 2012, $1,377,000 is 
outstanding under the mortgage loan with a rate of 4.5%.  The mortgage is collateralized by the land and building. 

The Company invests in equity securities, U.S. government agency securities and corporate bonds, which are exposed to market and 
interest rate fluctuations.  The interest and dividends earned on these investments may vary based on fluctuations in interest rate and 
market conditions. 

ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The Consolidated Financial Statements and Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm filed as a part of this Form 
10-K are listed in the Exhibit Index filed herewith. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9. 

None. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

ITEM 9A. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

We carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive 
officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such 
term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as amended, for 
financial reporting as of June 30, 2012. Based on that evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that 
these controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or 
submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported as specified in Securities and Exchange 
Commission rules and forms. There were no changes in these controls or procedures identified in connection with the evaluation of 
such controls or procedures that occurred during our last fiscal quarter, or in other factors that have materially affected, or are 
reasonably likely to materially affect these controls or procedures. 

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file 
or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and 
forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. These disclosure controls and procedures include, among other things, controls 
and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is 
accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to 
allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  Internal control 
over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the 
supervision of, the chief executive officer and chief financial officer and effected by the board of directors and management to provide 
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that: 

• 

• 

• 

Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of our assets; 

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are 
being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and board of directors; 

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition 
of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Projections of 
any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2012.  In making this 
assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. 

Based on our assessment, our management believes that, as of June 30, 2012, our internal control over financial reporting is effective. 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2012 has been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an 
independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K under Item 15. 
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

During the quarter ended June 30, 2012, there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined 
in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting. 

ITEM 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

PART III 

ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Directors and Executive Officers 

The directors and executive officers of the Company are set forth below: 

Age 

Position 

Directors: 

William Farber 

Jeffrey Farber 

Ronald A. West 

Arthur P. Bedrosian 

Kenneth Sinclair Ph.D. 

Albert I. Wertheimer, Ph.D. 

Myron Winkelman 

David Drabik 

Paul Taveira 

Officers: 

Arthur P. Bedrosian 

Martin P. Galvan 

William F. Schreck 

Kevin R. Smith 

Ernest J. Sabo 

Robert Ehlinger 

80 

52 

78 

66 

65 

69 

74 

44 

52 

66 

60 

63 

52 

64 

54 

Chairman Emeritus 

Chairman of the Board 

Vice Chairman of the Board 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer 

Chief Operating Officer 

Vice President of Sales and Marketing 

Vice President of Regulatory Affairs and Chief Compliance Officer 

Vice President of Logistics and Chief Information Officer 

William Farber was elected as Chairman of the Board of Directors in August 1991. From April 1993 to the end of 1993, Mr. Farber 
was the President and a director of Auburn Pharmaceutical Company. From 1990 through March 1993, Mr. Farber served as Director 
of Purchasing for Major Pharmaceutical Corporation. From 1965 through 1990, Mr. Farber was the Chief Executive Officer of 
Michigan Pharmacal Corporation. Mr. Farber was previously a registered pharmacist in the State of Michigan for more than 40 years 
until his retirement from active employment in the pharmaceutical industry. On June 1, 2011, Mr. Farber retired from his position as 
Chairman of the Board and was appointed Chairman Emeritus. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Jeffrey Farber was elected a Director of the Company in May 2006 and was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors in July 
2012.  Jeffrey Farber joined the Company in August 2003 as Secretary.  Since 1994, Mr. Farber has been President and the owner of 
Auburn Pharmaceutical (“Auburn”), a national generic pharmaceutical distributor. Prior to starting Auburn, Mr. Farber served in 
various positions at Major Pharmaceutical (“Major”), where he was employed for over 15 years. At Major, Mr. Farber was involved in 
sales, purchasing and eventually served as President of the mid-west division. Mr. Farber also spent time working at Major’s 
manufacturing division — Vitarine Pharmaceuticals — where he served on its Board of Directors. Mr. Farber graduated from Western 
Michigan University with a Bachelors of Science Degree in Business Administration and participated in the Pharmacy Management 
Graduate Program at Long Island University. Mr. Farber is the son of William Farber, the Chairman Emeritus of the Board of 
Directors of the Company. 

The Nominating and Governance Committee concluded that Mr. Farber is qualified and should continue to serve, due, in part, to his 
significant experience in the generic drug industry and his ongoing role as the owner of a highly regarded and successful generic drug 
distributor.  His skills include a thorough knowledge of the generic drug marketplace and drug supply chain management. 

Ronald A. West was elected a Director of the Company in January 2002. In September 2004, Mr. West was elected Vice Chairman of 
the Board of Directors and Lead Independent Director and on June 1, 2011 was elected to serve as Chairman of the Board.  In July 
2012 Mr. West stepped down as Chairman of the Board and is now Vice Chairman.  Mr. West is currently a Director of Beecher 
Associates, an industrial real estate investment company. Prior to this, from 1983 to 1987, Mr. West, member of the Audit and 
Compensation committees at Lannett, served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Dura Corporation, an original equipment 
manufacturer of automotive products and other engineered equipment components. In 1987, Mr. West sold his ownership position in 
Dura Corporation, at which time he retired from active management positions. Mr. West was employed at Dura Corporation since 
1969. Prior to this, he served in various financial management positions with TRW, Inc., Marlin Rockwell Corporation and National 
Machine Products Group, a division of Standard Pressed Steel Company. Mr. West studied Business Administration at Michigan State 
University and the University of Detroit. 

The Nominating and Governance Committee concluded that Mr. West is qualified and should continue to serve, due, in part, because 
of his long and successful career in the manufacturing sector, both as a senior executive and as a financial manager. In addition to his 
financial analytic skills, he is a natural leader with solid experience in corporate governance. 

Kenneth Sinclair, Ph.D. was elected a Director of the Company in September 2005. Dr. Sinclair is currently Professor of Accounting 
and Senior Advisor to the College of Business and Economics Dean at Lehigh University, where he began his academic career in 
1972. Dr. Sinclair had served as Chair of Lehigh’s Accounting Department from 1988 to 1994 and 1998 to 2007. He has taught a 
variety of accounting courses, including financial and managerial accounting at both the undergraduate and graduate level. He has 
been recognized for his teaching innovation, held leadership positions with professional accounting organizations and served on 
numerous academic and advisory committees. He has received a number of awards and honors for teaching and service, and has 
researched and written on a myriad of subjects related to accounting. He has also been heavily involved with strategic planning at both 
the College and Department level at Lehigh. Dr. Sinclair earned a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Accounting, a 
Master of Science degree in Accounting and a Doctorate Degree in Business Administration with a concentration in Accounting from 
the University of Massachusetts. 

The Nominating and Governance Committee concluded that Dr. Sinclair is qualified and should continue to serve, due, in part to his 
long and distinguished career as an accounting academic and his deep understanding of accounting and financial reporting.  His skills 
also include organizational planning and interpersonal relations. 

Albert I. Wertheimer, Ph.D., was elected a Director of the Company in September 2004.  Dr. Wertheimer has a long and 
distinguished career in various aspects of pharmacy, health care, education and pharmaceutical research.  Since 2000, Dr. Wertheimer 
has been a professor at the School of Pharmacy at Temple University, and director of its Center for Pharmaceutical Health Services 
Research.  From 1997 to 2000, Dr. Wertheimer was Director of Outcomes Research and Management at Merck & Co., Inc.  In 
addition to his academic responsibilities, he is the author of 28 books and more than 380 journal articles.  Dr. Wertheimer also 
provides consulting services to institutions in the pharmaceutical industry.  Dr. Wertheimer’s academic experience includes 
professorships and other faculty and administrative positions at several educational institutions, including the Medical College of 
Virginia, St. Joseph’s University, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science and the University of Minnesota.  Dr. Wertheimer’s 
previous professional experience includes pharmacy services in commercial and non-profit environments.  Professor Wertheimer is a 
licensed pharmacist in five states, and is a member of several health associations, including the American Pharmacists Association and 
the American Public Health Association.  Dr. Wertheimer is the editor of the Journal of Pharmaceutical Health Services Research; 
and he has been on the editorial board of the Journal of Managed Pharmaceutical Care, Medical Care, and other healthcare journals.  
Dr. Wertheimer has a Bachelor of Science Degree in Pharmacy from the University of Buffalo, a Master of Business Administration 
from the State University of New York at Buffalo, a Doctorate from Purdue University and a Post Doctoral Fellowship from the 
University of London, St. Thomas’ Medical School. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Nominating and Governance Committee concluded that Dr. Wertheimer is qualified and should continue to serve, due, in part to 
his deep understanding of all aspects of pharmacy practice, including retail and manufacturing.  His skills include business planning 
and a sound knowledge of drug regulation and distribution. 

Myron Winkelman, R. Ph. was elected a Director of the Company in June 2003. Mr. Winkelman has significant career experience in 
various aspects of pharmacy and health care. He is currently President of Winkelman Management Consulting (“WMC”), which 
provides consulting and audit services to both commercial and governmental clients. He has served in this position since 1994. Prior to 
creating WMC, he was a senior executive with ValueRx, a large pharmacy benefits manager, and served for many years as a senior 
executive for the Revco, Rite Aid and Perry Drug chains. While at ValueRx, Mr. Winkelman served on the Board of Directors of the 
Pharmaceutical Care Management Association. He belongs to a number of pharmacy organizations, including the Academy of 
Managed Care Pharmacy and the Michigan Pharmacy Association. Mr. Winkelman is a registered pharmacist and holds a Bachelor of 
Science Degree in Pharmacy from Wayne State University. 

The Nominating and Governance Committee concluded that Mr. Winkelman is qualified and should continue to serve, due, in part to 
his experiences with and knowledge of Pharmacy Benefit Administration and Mail Order Pharmacy.  His skills include a deep 
understanding of government pharmacy benefits and the drug supply chain. 

David Drabik was elected a Director of the Company in January 2011. Mr. Drabik is a National Association of Corporate Directors 
Governance Fellow. Since 2002, Mr. Drabik has been President of Cranbrook & Co., LLC (“Cranbrook”), an advisory firm primarily 
serving the private equity and venture capital community. At Cranbrook, Mr. Drabik assists and advises its clientele on originating, 
structuring, and executing private equity and venture capital transactions. From 1995 to 2002, Mr. Drabik served in various roles and 
positions with UBS Capital Americas (and its predecessor UBS Capital LLC), a New York City based private equity and venture 
capital firm that managed $1.5 billion of capital. From 1992 to 1995, Mr. Drabik was a banker with Union Bank of Switzerland’s 
Corporate and Institutional Banking division in New York City. Mr. Drabik graduated from the University of Michigan with a 
Bachelors of Business Administration degree. 

The Nominating and Governance Committee concluded that Mr. Drabik is well qualified and should be nominated to serve as a 
Director due, in part to his understanding and involvement in investment banking.  As a global investment bank professional with 
extensive experience advising senior management, his skills include business analytics, financing and a strong familiarity with SEC 
documentation. 

Paul Taveira, was elected a Director of the Company in May 2012.  Mr. Taveira has been Chief Executive Officer of A&D 
Environmental Services Inc., an environmental and industrial services company, since 2009. He currently serves on their Board of 
Directors. From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Taveira was a Managing Partner of Precision Source LLC, a manufacturer of precision parts for 
various industries across the United States. From 1997 to 2007, Mr. Taveira held several positions at PSC Inc., a national provider of 
environmental services, including President, Vice President and Regional General Manager. From 1987 to 1997, Mr. Taveira held 
several management positions with Clean Harbors Inc., an international provider of environmental and energy services. Mr. Taveira 
graduated from Worcester State University with a Bachelor of Science degree in Biology. 

The Nominating and Governance Committee concluded that Mr. Taveira is well qualified and should be nominated to serve as a 
Director due, in part to his understanding and experience as a Chief Executive Officer and Director of A&D Environmental Services 
Inc.  Additionally, Mr. Taveira has experience as a Managing Partner of Precision Source LLC, a manufacturer of precision parts for 
various industries across the United States. 

Arthur P. Bedrosian, J.D. was promoted to President of the Company in May 2002 and CEO in January of 2006. Previously, he 
served as the Company’s Vice President of Business Development from January 2002 to April 2002. Mr. Bedrosian was elected as a 
Director in February 2000 and served to January 2002. Mr. Bedrosian was re-elected a Director in January 2006. Mr. Bedrosian has 
operated generic drug manufacturing, sales, and marketing businesses in the healthcare industry for many years. Prior to joining the 
Company, from 1999 to 2001, Mr. Bedrosian served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Trinity Laboratories, Inc., a medical 
device and drug manufacturer. Mr. Bedrosian also operated Pharmaceutical Ventures Ltd, a healthcare consultancy, Pharmeral, Inc. a 
drug representation company selling generic drugs, and Interal Corporation, a computer consultancy to Fortune 100 companies. 
Mr. Bedrosian holds a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Political Science from Queens College of the City University of New York and a 
Juris Doctorate from Newport University in California. 

The Nominating and Governance Committee concluded that Mr. Bedrosian is qualified to serve as a director, in part, because his 
experience as our President and Chief Executive Officer has been instrumental in the company’s growth and provides the board with a 
compelling understanding of our operations, challenges and opportunities.  In addition, his background includes over 40 years in the 
generic pharmaceutical industry that encompasses a broad background and knowledge in the underlying scientific, sales, marketing 
and supply chain management which brings special expertise to the board in developing our business strategies.  His recent 
qualification to FINRA’s list of arbitrators recognizes his expertise and experience. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Martin P. Galvan, CPA was appointed as the Company’s Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer in August 2011. 
Most recently, he was Chief Financial Officer of CardioNet, Inc., a medical technology and service company. From 2001 to 2007, 
Mr. Galvan was employed by Viasys Healthcare Inc., a healthcare technology company that was acquired by Cardinal Health, Inc. in 
June 2007. Prior to the acquisition, he served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director Investor Relations. 
From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Galvan served as Chief Financial Officer of Rodel, Inc., a precision surface technologies company in the 
semiconductor industry.  From 1979 to 1998, Mr. Galvan held several positions with Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Inc., a pharmaceutical 
company, including Vice President, Finance — The Americas; President & General Manager, RPR Mexico & Central America; Vice 
President, Finance, Europe/Asia Pacific; and Chief Financial Officer, United Kingdom & Ireland. Mr. Galvan began his career with 
the international accounting firm Ernst & Young LLP. He earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics from Rutgers University and 
is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. 

William F. Schreck joined the Company in January 2003 as Materials Manager. In May 2004, he was promoted to Vice President of 
Logistics. In August 2009, Mr. Schreck was promoted to Senior Vice President and General Manager. In January 2011, Mr. Schreck 
was promoted to Chief Operating Officer.  Prior to this, from 1999 to 2001, he served as Vice President of Operations at Nature’s 
Products, Inc., an international nutritional and over-the-counter drug product manufacturing and distribution company. From 2001 to 
2002 he served as an independent consultant for various companies. Mr. Schreck’s prior experience also includes comprehensive 
executive management positions at Ivax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a division of Ivax Corporation, Zenith-Goldline Laboratories and 
Rugby-Darby Group Companies, Inc. Mr. Schreck has a Bachelor of Arts Degree from Hofstra University. 

Kevin R. Smith joined the Company in January 2002 as Vice President of Sales and Marketing. Prior to this, from 2000 to 2001, he 
served as Director of National Accounts for Bi-Coastal Pharmaceutical, Inc., a pharmaceutical sales representation company. Prior to 
this, from 1999 to 2000, he served as National Accounts Manager for Mova Laboratories Inc., a pharmaceutical manufacturer. Prior to 
this, from 1991 to 1999, Mr. Smith served as National Sales Manager at Sidmak Laboratories, a pharmaceutical manufacturer. 
Mr. Smith has extensive experience in the generic sales market, and brings to the Company a vast network of customers, including 
retail chain pharmacies, wholesale distributors, mail-order wholesalers and generic distributors. Mr. Smith has a Bachelor of Science 
Degree in Business Administration from Gettysburg College. 

Ernest J. Sabo joined the Company in March 2005 as Director of Quality Assurance.  In May 2008, Mr. Sabo was promoted to Vice 
President of Regulatory Affairs and Chief Compliance Officer.  Prior to this, he served at Wyeth Pharmaceuticals as Manager of QA 
Compliance from 2001 to 2003 and as Associate Director of QA Compliance from 2003 to 2005.  Mr. Sabo held former positions as 
Director of Validation, Quality Assurance, Quality Control and R&D at Delavau/Accucorp, Inc. from 1993 thru 2001.  He has over 30 
years of experience in the pharmaceutical industry, his background spans from Quality Assurance, Quality Control, Cleaning/Process 
Validation and Manufacturing turn-key operations.  Mr. Sabo holds a Bachelor of Arts in Biology from Trenton State College (now 
known as The College of New Jersey). 

Robert Ehlinger joined the Company in July 2006 as Chief Information Officer. In June 2011, Mr. Ehlinger was promoted to Vice 
President of Logistics and Chief Information Officer. Prior to joining Lannett, Mr. Ehlinger was the Vice President of Information 
Technology at MedQuist, Inc., a healthcare services provider, where his career spanned 10 years in progressive operational and 
technology roles. Prior to MedQuist, Mr. Ehlinger was with Kennedy Health Systems as their Corporate Director of Information 
Technology supporting acute care and ambulatory care health information systems and biomedical support services. Earlier on, 
Mr. Ehlinger was with Dowty Communications where he held various technical and operational support roles prior to assuming the 
role of International Distribution Sales Executive managing the Latin America sales distribution channels. Mr. Ehlinger received a 
Bachelor’s of Arts degree in Physics from Gettysburg College in Gettysburg, PA. 

To the best of the Company’s knowledge, there have been no events under any bankruptcy act, no criminal proceedings and no 
judgments or injunctions that are material to the evaluation of the ability or integrity of any director, executive officer, or significant 
employee during the past five years. 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance 

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Company’s directors, officers, and persons who own more than 10% 
of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities to file with the SEC reports of ownership and changes in ownership of 
common stock and other equity securities of the Company.  Officers, directors and greater-than-10% stockholders are required by SEC 
regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Based solely on review of the copies of such reports furnished to the Company or written representations that no other reports were 
required, the Company believes that during Fiscal 2012 all filing requirements applicable to its officers, directors and greater-than-
10% beneficial owners under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act were complied with in a timely manner, except for a Form 3 for 
Mr. Ehlinger;  Form 4s related to option grants to Mr. Schreck and Mr. Ehlinger on July 8, 2011 and to Mr. Galvan on July 15, 
2011; Form 4s relating to option grants to officers and restricted stock grants to directors on August 25, 2011; a Form 4 relating to 
purchase of common stock by Mr. Drabik on September 12, 2011; a Form 4 relating to a restricted stock grant to Mr. Bedrosian on 
October 13, 2011; Form 4s relating to shares withheld to pay taxes for restricted stock vesting by certain officers on October 29, 
2011; Form 4s relating to a sale of common stock on November 23, 2011 by Mr. Sabo and by Mr. West on February 29, 2012; and 
Form 5s for Mr. Bedrosian, Mr. Smith and Mr. Ehlinger. 

Code of Ethics and Financial Expert 

The Company has adopted the Code of Professional Conduct (the “code of ethics”), a code of ethics that applies to the Company’s 
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Corporate Controller, as well as all other company personnel.  The code of 
ethics is publicly available on our website at www.lannett.com.  If the Company makes any substantive amendments to the code of 
ethics or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the code to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial 
Officer, or Corporate Controller, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a report on Form 8-K. 

The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Sinclair, current director of Lannett, is the audit committee financial expert as defined 
in section 3(a)(58) of the Exchange Act and the related rules of the Commission. 

ITEM 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The following table summarizes all compensation paid to or earned by the named executive officers (“NEOs” or “Named Executive 
Officers”) of the Company for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2010. 

Name and Principal 
Position 
(a) 

Fiscal 
Year 
(b) 

Salary 
(c) 

Stock 
Awards 
(e) 

Option 
Awards 
(f) 

Non-equity 
incentive plan 
compensation   
(g) 

All Other 
Compensation  
(i) 

Total 
(j) 

Arthur P. Bedrosian  ..............................    2012    $ 425,096  $
President and Chief Executive  ..............    2011   
Officer  ...............................................    2010   

416,763 
407,410 

20,250  $ 171,315  $

— 
359,384 

— 
297,390 

198,908  $ 
— 
269,750 

22,542  $ 838,111 
439,319 
22,556 
1,356,301 
22,367 

Martin P. Galvan  ...................................    2012   
Vice President of Finance and  ..............    2011   
Chief Financial Officer (1)  ....................    2010   

Keith R. Ruck  .......................................    2012   
Former Vice President of Finance and ...    2011   
Chief Financial Officer (2)  ....................    2010   

William F. Schreck  ...............................    2012   
Chief Operating Officer  ........................    2011   
  2010   

Robert Ehlinger  .....................................    2012   
Vice President of Logistics and  ............    2011   
Chief Information Officer ......................    2010   

Kevin R. Smith  .....................................    2012   
Vice President of Sales and  ...................    2011   
Marketing  ..........................................    2010   

235,577 
— 
— 

15,833 
190,000 
189,293 

250,000 
219,231 
196,681 

170,000 
156,656 
147,485 

212,755 
207,722 
206,564 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
89,550 

— 
— 
177,791 

— 
— 
93,333 

— 
— 
179,455 

107,364 
— 
— 

— 
— 
243,090 

205,292 
— 
302,729 

147,044 
— 
59,478 

95,707 
— 
198,260 

116,320 
— 
— 

— 
— 
123,500 

116,320 
— 
130,000 

79,098 
— 
74,158 

99,549 
— 
135,019 

14,873 
— 
— 

152,665 
15,617 
11,257 

18,263 
19,592 
28,159 

16,677 
6,008 
6,758 

22,013 
21,888 
21,985 

474,134 
— 
— 

168,498 
205,617 
656,690 

589,875 
238,823 
835,360 

412,819 
162,664 
381,212 

430,024 
229,610 
741,283 

* Note — Effective February 28, 2010 for fiscal years ending on or after December 20, 2009, the SEC amended its rules related to the 
Summary Compensation and Director Compensation Tables.  The new rules require issuers to report as compensation the aggregate 
grant date fair-value of stock and option awards issued during the fiscal year to NEOs, rather than the dollar amount recognized for 
financial statement purposes for that fiscal year under the previous rules.  Amounts are computed in accordance with Financial 
Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718.  Fiscal 2010 amounts have been restated. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  Martin P. Galvan was appointed and assumed the role of Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer on August 8, 

2011.  He did not earn any compensation from the Company during FY2011 and FY 2010. 

(2)  Mr. Ruck resigned as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer effective August 1, 2011. 

All Other Compensation 

The following summarizes the components of column (i) of the Summary Compensation Table: 

Name and Principal 
Position 

Fiscal 
Year 

  Contributions
401(k) Plan 

Auto 

  Allowance

Company 
Match 

Pay in 
Lieu of 
  Vacation 

  Excess Life 
  Insurances 

  Termination  
  Related 

Total 

Arthur P. Bedrosian  .....................  
President and  ................................  
Chief Executive Officer ................  

Martin P. Galvan  ..........................  
Vice President of Finance and  .....  
Chief Financial Officer (1)  ...........  

Keith R. Ruck  ..............................  
Former Vice President of Finance 
and  ............................................  
Chief Financial Officer (2)  ...........  

William F. Schreck  ......................  
Chief Operating Officer  ...............  

Robert Ehlinger  ............................  
Vice President of Logistics and  ...  
Chief Information Officer .............  

Kevin R. Smith  ............................  
Vice President of Sales and  ..........  
Marketing  .................................  

2012 
2011 
2010 

2012 
2011 
2010 

2012 

2011 
2010 

2012 
2011 
2010 

2012 
2011 
2010 

2012 
2011 
2010 

  $

8,280  $
8,294 
8,219 

13,500  $
13,500 
13,500 

—  $
— 
— 

762  $ 
762 
648 

4,327 
— 
— 

10,177 
— 
— 

— 

900 

4,703 
2,499 

7,067 
8,327 
7,918 

5,654 
5,846 
6,620 

8,375 
8,250 
8,371 

10,800 
8,668 

10,800 
10,800 
10,800 

10,800 
— 
— 

13,500 
13,500 
13,500 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
9,030 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

—  $
— 
— 

22,542 
22,556 
22,367 

— 
— 
— 

14,873 
— 
— 

369 
— 
— 

— 

151,765 

152,665 

114 
90 

396 
465 
411 

223 
162 
138 

138 
138 
114 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

15,617 
11,257 

18,263 
19,592 
28,159 

16,677 
6,008 
6,758 

22,013 
21,888 
21,985 

(1)  Martin P. Galvan was appointed and assumed the role of Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer on August 8, 2011.  

He did not earn any compensation from the Company during FY2011 and FY 2010. 

(2)  Mr. Ruck resigned as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer effective August 1, 2011. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All Other 
Stock 
Awards: 
Number of 
Shares of 
Stocks or 
Units (#) 
(i) 

All Other 
Option 
Awards: 
Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Options (#)   
(j) 

Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option 
Awards
($/sh) 
(k) 

Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and 
Options 
Awards 
(i) 

— 

89,500  $

3.55  $

171,315 

5,000 

20,250 

— 

40,000  $

4.73  $

107,364 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

25,000  $
70,000 

5.02  $
3.55 

71,302 
133,990 

18,000  $

5.02  $

51,337 

50,000 

3.55 

95,707 

50,000  $

3.55  $

95,707 

Aggregated Options/SAR Exercises and Fiscal Year-end Options/SAR Values 

GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS 

Name 
(a) 

  Grant Date   
(b) 

Arthur P. Bedrosian ..........   
President and Chief 

8/25/2011   

Executive Officer  .......    10/13/2011   

Martin P. Galvan  ..............   
Vice President of Finance 
and Chief Financial 
Officer  ........................   

7/15/2011   

William F. Schreck  ..........   
Chief Operating Officer  ...   

7/8/2011 
8/25/2011   

Robert Ehlinger .................   
Vice President of  

Logistics and  ..............   
Chief Information Officer .   

7/8/2011 

8/25/2011   

Kevin R. Smith  .................   
Vice President of Sales  

and Marketing  ............   

8/25/2011   

Estimated Future Payouts 
Under Non-Equity Incentive 
Plan Awards 
Target 
($) 
(d) 

Maximum
($) 
(e) 

Threshold 
($) 
(c) 

Estimated Future Payouts Under 
Equity Incentive Plan Awards 
Target
($) 
(g) 

Maximum
($) 
(h) 

Threshold
($) 
(f) 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT JUNE 30, 2012 

Option Awards 

Stock Awards 

Equity 
Incentive
Plan 
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, 
Units or
Other 
Rights 
That Have
Not Vested
(#) 
(i) 

Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Awards: 
Market or 
Payout 
Value of 
Unearned 
Shares, 
Units or 
Other 
Rights 
That Have 
Not Vested 
($) 
(j) 

Name 
(a)  

Arthur P. Bedrosian .................  
President and Chief  ................  
Executive Officer ....................  

Martin P. Galvan .....................  
Vice President of Finance 

and Chief  
Financial Officer ...............  

William F. Schreck  ................   
Chief Operating Officer  .........   

Robert Ehlinger .......................  
Vice President of Logistics .....  
and Chief Information Officer  

Kevin R. Smith ........................  
Vice President of Sales and  ....  
Marketing ..........................  

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options (#) 
Exercisable 
(b) 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options (#) 
Unexercisable   
(c) 

Equity 
Incentive Plan
Awards: 
Number of
Securities 
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#) 
(d) 

Number of
Shares or
Units of 
Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#) 
(g) 

Market 
Value of 
Shares or 
Units of 
Stock That 
Have Not 
Vested ($) 
(h) 

Option 
Exercise
Price ($) 
(e) 

Option 
Expiration
Date 
(f) 

18,000  
96,900  
33,000  
30,000  
25,000  
30,000  
75,000  
30,000  
50,000  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
25,000  
89,500  

—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 

4.63  
7.97  
17.36  
16.04  
8.00  
6.89  
4.03  
2.80  
6.94  
3.55  

7/23/2012  
10/28/2012  
10/24/2013  
5/11/2014  
1/18/2016  
11/28/2016  
9/18/2017  
9/18/2018  
10/29/2019  
8/25/2021  

—

40,000

— $

4.73

7/15/2021

17,745 
12,000 
15,000 
50,000 
16,000 
10,000 
40,000 
— 
— 

10,425  
7,500  
15,000  
10,000  
—  
—  

38,760  
13,000  
20,000  
12,000  
15,000  
50,000  
16,000  
33,334  
—  

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
5,000 
20,000 
25,000 
70,000 

—  
—  
—  
5,000  
18,000  
50,000  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
16,666  
50,000  

—  $ 
—  $ 
—  $ 
—  $ 
—  $ 
—  $ 
—  $ 
—  $ 
—  $ 

—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 

—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 

11.27 
5.18 
6.89 
4.03 
2.80 
7.53 
6.94 
5.02 
3.55 

2/18/2013 
10/25/2015 
11/28/2016 
9/18/2017 
9/18/2018 
10/27/2019 
10/29/2019 
7/8/2021 
8/25/2021 

5.05  
6.89  
4.03  
6.94  
5.02  
3.55  

9/21/2016  
11/28/2016  
9/18/2017  
10/29/2019  
7/8/2021  
8/25/2021  

7.97  
17.36  
16.04  
5.18  
6.89  
4.03  
2.80  
6.94  
3.55  

10/28/2012  
10/24/2013  
5/11/2014  
10/25/2015  
11/28/2016  
9/18/2017  
9/18/2018  
10/29/2019  
8/25/2021  

10,000   $ 

42,400  

— $ 

—  

5,000  $ 

21,200 

3,333   $ 

14,132  

5,000   $ 

21,200  

The options above were granted ten years prior to the option expiration date and vest over three years from that grant date. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employment Agreements 

The Company has entered into employment agreements with Arthur P. Bedrosian, President and Chief Executive Officer, Martin P. 
Galvan, Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer, Kevin R. Smith, Vice President of Sales and Marketing, William F. 
Schreck, Chief Operating Officer, Ernest J. Sabo, Vice President of Regulatory Affairs and Chief Compliance Officer and Robert 
Ehlinger, Vice President of Logistics and Chief Information Officer.  Each of the agreements provides for an annual base salary and 
eligibility to receive a bonus.  The salary and bonus amounts of these executives are determined by the review and approval of the 
Compensation Committee in accordance with the Committee’s Charter as approved by the Board of Directors.  Additionally, these 
executives are eligible to receive stock options and restricted stock awards, which are granted at the discretion of the Compensation 
Committee in accordance with the Committee’s charter as approved by the Board of Directors and in accordance with the Company’s 
policies regarding stock option and restricted stock grants.  Under the agreements, these executive employees may be terminated at 
any time with or without cause, or by reason of death or disability.  In certain termination situations, the Company is liable to pay 
severance compensation to these executives of between 18 months and three years. 

Effective August 1, 2011, Keith R. Ruck, the former Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, separated 
his employment from the Company.  Mr. Ruck entered into a Separation Agreement and Release with the Company dated August 1, 
2011, pursuant to which he received seven months base salary totaling $110,833, transition services payments totaling $40,932, 
medical benefits and vesting of outstanding options and previously awarded restricted stock grants. 

Compensation of Directors 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION 

Name 
(a) 

Fees 
Earned 
($) 
(b) 

Stock 
Awards 
($) 
(c) 

Options 
Awards 
($) 
(d) 

Ronald A. West  ...........    

66,000 

17,750 

Jeffrey Farber  ..............    

55,000 

17,750 

Kenneth Sinclair  .........    

69,500 

17,750 

Albert Wertheimer  ......    

72,500 

17,750 

Myron Winkelman  ......    

75,500 

17,750 

David Drabik  ...............    

70,000 

17,750 

Paul Taveira (1)  ..........    

5,758 

— 

Change in 
Pension Value 
and Nonqualifi
ed 
Deferred 
Compensation 
($) 
(f) 

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation  
($) 
(e) 

All Other 
Compensation  
($) 
(g) 

Total 
($) 
(h) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

83,750

72,750

87,250

90,250

93,250

87,750

5,758

(1) Paul Taveira was appointed to the Board of Directors on May 9, 2012. 

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Overview of Compensation Program 

A fundamental goal of our compensation program is to maximize stockholder value.  In order to accomplish this goal, we must attract 
and retain talented and capable executives, and we must provide those executives with incentives that motivate and reward them for 
achieving Lannett’s short and longer-term goals.  To this end, our executive compensation is guided by the following key principles: 

• 

Executive compensation should depend upon group and individual performance factors; 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

The interests of executives should be closely aligned with those of stockholders through equity-based compensation; and 

•  Compensation should be appropriate and fair in comparison to the compensation provided to similarly situated executives 
within the pharmaceutical industry and within other publicly-traded companies similar in market capitalization to Lannett. 

Important to our compensation program are the decisions of and guidance from the Compensation Committee of our Board of 
Directors.  The Compensation Committee (which we refer to, for purposes of this analysis, as “the Committee”) is composed entirely 
of directors who are independent of Lannett under the independence standards established by the NYSE MKT Exchange, the 
securities exchange where our common stock is traded.  The Committee operates pursuant to a written charter adopted by the Board.  
If you would like to review the Committee’s charter, it is available by request from our Chief Financial Officer, at 13200 Townsend 
Road, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19154. 

The Committee has the authority and responsibility to establish and periodically review our executive compensation principles, 
described above.  Importantly, the Committee also has sole responsibility for approving the corporate goals and objectives upon which 
the compensation of the chief executive officer (the “CEO”) is based; for evaluating the CEO’s performance in light of these goals and 
objectives; and for determining and approving the CEO’s compensation level based on this evaluation, including his equity-based 
compensation. 

The Committee also reviews and approves the recommendations of the CEO with regard to the compensation and benefits of other 
executive officers and equity grants to non-executive employees.  In accomplishing this responsibility, the Committee meets regularly 
with the CEO, approves cash and equity incentive objectives of the executive officers and confirms the basis for equity grants 
recommended for non-executive employees.  The Committee reviews with the CEO the accomplishment of these objectives and 
approves the base salary and other elements of compensation for the executive officers.  The Committee has full discretion to modify 
the recommendations of the CEO in the course of its approval of executive officer compensation and equity grants to non-executive 
employees. 

The Committee consults as needed with an outside compensation consulting firm retained by the Committee.  As it makes decisions 
about executive compensation, the Committee obtains data from its consultant regarding current compensation practices and trends 
among United States companies in general and comparable generic pharmaceutical companies in particular, and reviews this 
information with its consultant.  In addition, the Chairman of the Committee is in contact with management outside of Committee 
meetings regarding matters being considered or expected to be considered by the Committee.  The Committee annually reviews 
recommendations from their outside consultant, and makes recommendations to the Board about the compensation of non-employee 
directors.  During Fiscal Year 2012, Lannett used Radford, an Aon Hewitt Company, as its consultant. 

In Fiscal 2011 the Committee recommended, and the Board of Directors determined there was a need for a greater variety of 
performance-based executive compensation incentive alternatives.  Accordingly the Board of Directors recommended, and the 
stockholders approved, the Lannett 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan.  The Plan authorizes the Committee to grant both stock and/or 
cash-based awards through (i) incentive and non-qualified stock options and/or (ii) restricted stock, and/or long-term performance 
awards to participants.  With respect to the stock options and stock grants, 1,500,000 shares are set aside under the plan for stock 
option grants and/or restricted stock awards.  At the time of an award grant, the Committee will determine the type of award to be 
made and the specific conditions upon which an award will be granted (i.e. term, vesting, performance criteria, etc.).  The terms of the 
awards will be based on what the Committee determines is the most effective performance compensation approach to meet the 
Company’s strategic needs.  In conjunction with its responsibilities related to executive compensation, the Committee also oversees 
the management development process, reviews plans for executive officer succession and performs various other functions. 

The individuals who served as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer during Fiscal 2012, as well as the other individuals 
included in the Summary Compensation Table on page 48, are referred to as the Named Executive Officers. 

Results 

In August 2012, the Committee reviewed and certified Lannett’s Fiscal 2012 results for purposes of the Fiscal 2012 Bonus Plan 
(“2012 Bonus Plan”), determining that the objectives for operating profit and other corporate objectives to achieve payments under the 
plan were met.  Mr. Bedrosian’s objectives were to increase gross margin, increase the sales to employee ratio, and achieve cash and 
cash equivalent goals. 

Mr. Schreck’s objectives were to achieve operating expense targets and improve operating efficiencies. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Galvan’s objectives were to deliver accurate and timely financial reports on a required monthly, quarterly, and annual basis to 
senior management and the Board of Directors; enhance financial performance through the management of receivables, controlling of 
service and professional fees, and budget management; and to use automation to improve the efficiency of financial transactions and 
reporting. 

Mr. Sabo’s objectives were to review and enhance policies and procedures to ensure regulatory compliance; provide for technical and 
research capabilities required to ensure a flow of new products; and ensure compliance with DEA and FDA requirements. 

Mr. Smith’s objectives were to exceed the company sales goals; gain forecasted market share on all new launches; decrease obsolete 
finished goods; and increase gross profit percentage. 

Mr. Ehlinger’s objectives were to reduce inventory obsolescence, complete supply arrangements for key commercial products and all 
developed products, improve SAP coverage/usage, and improve telecom infrastructure. 

Risk Assessment 

The criteria used for the bonus program which includes Company operating and individual performance goals, along with the 
weighting of each element, were assembled by the Company for our industry and were found to be reasonable for the nature of our 
business.  The Compensation Committee reviews these criteria and gives final approval to the senior management. 

Operating performance ties in directly with shareholder value.  In order to align management and shareholder interests, there is no 
bonus opportunity for management unless operating performance targets are achieved.  The risk of diluting the Company’s operating 
cash positions through the awarding of excessive bonus awards is controlled by the imposition of a bonus award limit equal to 20% of 
Operating Profit as defined on page 56. 

The achievement of assigned individual goals as part of the bonus plan is subject to review and approval by senior management with 
the CEO having the final review and approval.  This multi-level process reduces the risk of having goals that are not linked to the 
overall objectives of the Company and its success.  The awarding of a CEO discretionary portion, currently at 5% of the total of the 
bonus, also requires the same oversight.  The total impact on bonus payout of these components of the bonus program is significantly 
less than the operating performance component.  There is no bonus payout unless the operating performance (Operating Profit as 
defined on page 56) minimum goals are attained. 

We believe our bonus program, along with the other elements of our executive compensation program, provides appropriate rewards 
and incentives to our executives to achieve our financial, business, and strategic goals.  We also believe the structure and oversight of 
these programs provides a setting that does not encourage them to take excessive risks in their business decisions. 

Market Data and Our Peer Group 

In determining FY2012 compensation for the Named Executive Officers, the Committee relied on market data provided by its 
consultants.  This data was gathered from two sources.  The Named Peer Group is comprised of 13 public life science companies that 
exhibit a comparable business and financial profile to Lannett, as defined by annual revenue, employee size and market value.  The 
consultants also gathered published survey data from the Radford Global Survey Suite targeting life science companies with between 
200 and 450 employees.  To determine competitive market compensation, Survey and Named Peer data were combined (weighted 
equally) to form a market consensus (where possible). 

Named Peer Group 

Akorn Inc. 
Cornerstone Therapeutics 
Cumberland Pharmaceuticals  
Derma Sciences  
Hi Tech Pharmacal 
Impax Laboratories Inc. 
Jazz Pharmaceuticals  
Momenta Pharmaceuticals 
Obagi Medical 
Par Pharmaceutical 
Salix Pharmaceuticals Ltd. 
Santarus Inc. 
SciClone Pharmaceuticals  

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Committee plans to evaluate the Peer Group periodically and revise it as necessary to ensure that it continues to be appropriate for 
benchmarking our executive compensation program. 

Fiscal 2012 Compensation Program 

The Committee’s approach to compensation was intended to focus our executives on accomplishing our short and longer-term 
objectives, and it had as its ultimate objective sustained growth in stockholder value.  This approach was intended to compensate 
executives at levels at or near the median levels of compensation offered by other generic pharmaceutical companies similar in size to 
Lannett and with whom we compete. 

In making decisions about the elements of Fiscal 2012 compensation, the Committee not only considered available market information 
about each element but also considered aggregate compensation for each executive.  Base salary provided core compensation to 
executives, but it was accompanied by: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the potential for incentive-based cash compensation based upon our attainment of Fiscal 2012 operating income, other 
targeted corporate goals and the achievement of assigned individual goals and objectives, 

various forms of equity compensation, 

various benefits and perquisites, and 

the potential for post-termination compensation under certain circumstances. 

The table below provides an overview of each element of the Fiscal 2012 compensation program. 

Element 

Purpose 

Base Salary 

Short-Term 
Incentives 

Pays for competence in the executive role. An 
executive’s salary level depends on the decision making 
responsibilities, experience, work performance, 
achievement of key goals and team building skills of each 
position, and the relationship to amounts paid to other 
executives at peer companies. 

Cash awards for annual achievement of overall corporate 
objectives, and specific individual goals and objectives. 
 In Fiscal 2012, objectives for the Officers were tied to 
Lannett’s achievement of operating income targets, other 
targeted corporate goals and individual goals and 
objectives. 

Long-Term 
Incentives 

Stock options reward sustained stock price appreciation 
and encourage executive retention during a three-year 
vesting term and a ten-year option life. 

Restricted stock rewards sustained stock price 
appreciation and encourages executive retention during 
its three-year vesting term. 

To provide competitive fixed compensation based 
on sustained performance in the executive’s role 
and competitive market practice. 

To motivate and focus our executive team on the 
achievement of our annual performance goals. 

To deliver a balanced long-term incentive 
portfolio to executives, focusing on (a) share price 
appreciation, (b) retention, and (c) internal 
financial objectives. 

To align management interests with those of 
stockholders, 

The value of participants’ restricted stock increases and 
decreases according to Lannett’s stock price performance 
during the vesting period and thereafter. 

To increase management’s potential for stock 
ownership opportunities (all awards are earned in 
shares), 

To attract and retain excellent management talent, 
and  

To reward growth of the business, increased 
profitability, and sustained stockholder value. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefits and 
Perquisites 

401(k) Plan  
Lannett matches contributions to the Plan, at a rate of 
$.50 on the dollar up to 8% of base salary. 

To attract and retain employees and provide 
security for their health and welfare needs. We 
believe that these benefits are reasonable, 
competitive and consistent with Lannett’s overall 
executive compensation program. 

Life Insurance  
The coverage amount for executives is one times base 
compensation up to a limit of $115,000 and premiums 
paid for coverage above $50,000 are treated as imputed 
income to the executive.  

Disability Insurance  
Short-term and long-term disability insurance to 
employees which would, in the event of disability, pay an 
employee 60% of his or her base salary with limits. 

Perquisites 
The perquisites that are provided complement other 
compensation vehicles and enable the Company to attract 
and retain key executives. Perquisites include automobile 
allowances in various amounts to key executives. 

Post-Termination 
Pay 

For the Chief Executive Officer, the severance plan 
provides for a payment of three times the sum of base 
salary plus a pro-rated annual cash bonus for the current 
year calculated as if all targets and goals are achieved. 

To alleviate an executive’s concerns about the loss 
of his or her position without cause. To allow 
executives to concentrate on making decisions in 
the best interests of Lannett (or any successor 
organization in the event that a change of control 
is to occur). 

For the other Named Executive Officers, the severance 
plan provides for a payment of eighteen months of base 
salary plus a pro-rated annual cash bonus for the current 
year calculated as if all targets and goals are achieved. 

The use of the above compensation tools enables Lannett to reinforce its pay-for-performance philosophy as well as to strengthen its 
ability to attract and retain high-performing executive officers.  The Committee believes that this combination of programs provides 
an appropriate mix of fixed and variable pay, balances short-term operational performance with long-term stockholder value creation, 
and encourages executive recruitment and retention in a high-performance culture. 

Base Salary 

Base salaries are intended to be at or below the 50th percentile for Name Executive Officers for similarly situated executives among 
Peer Group companies.  A number of additional factors are considered, however, in determining base salary, such as the executive’s 
individual performance, his or her experience, competencies, skills, abilities, contribution and tenure, internal compensation 
consistency, the need to attract new, talented executives, and the Company’s overall annual budget.  Base salaries are generally 
reviewed on an annual basis by the CEO and the Committee. 

During FY2012 base salary increases were granted to Mr. Bedrosian and Mr. Smith in the amount of $12,500 and $6,300 respectively. 

Short-term Incentives 

In November 2011, the Committee approved the 2012 Bonus Plan.  This program allowed executive officers the opportunity to earn 
cash awards upon the accomplishment of the Fiscal 2012 operating profit goal, other targeted corporate goals and a number of 
individual objectives.  The relative weighting of these objectives for each executive was sixty percent (60%) for Operating Profit (as 
defined on page 56), thirty-five percent (35%) for meeting assigned individual goals and five percent (5%) based on CEO discretion.  
For the CEO, the five percent (5%) discretionary portion will be determined by the Committee. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Based on market data provided by its consultant, and considering the relatively low base salaries of the Named Executive Officers, the 
Committee formulated potential bonus plan awards which exceeded the 50th percentile among Peer Group companies, expressed as 
percentages of base salary.  Actual payouts depended upon the degree to which objectives were accomplished as well as the weight 
accorded to each objective, as described above.  The table below shows the maximum payout amounts for each of the Named 
Executive Officers, expressed as percentages of base salary. 

Performance 
Level 
Goal 2 Level ....................  
Goal 1 Level ....................  

95 % 
75 % 

There are two participation levels: Goal 1 and Goal 2.  Specific objectives are defined for each “Goal” category.  All objectives for the 
particular “Goal” level must be met in order to be eligible for the potential payout for that “Goal” level.  In the case of “Goal 1” all the 
objectives must be met for the plan to have any payout.  In the event that Goal Level 2 is exceeded, additional bonus compensation 
may be provided as approved by the Compensation Committee. 

As discussed above, each Named Executive Officer’s objectives for Fiscal 2012 included Company operating profit targets and other 
targeted corporate goals.  The Committee reviewed and approved these targets following discussions with management, a review of 
our historical results, consideration of the various circumstances facing the Company during Fiscal 2012 and taking into account the 
expectations of our annual plan.  The 2012 Bonus Plan Operating Profit targets approved by the Committee are detailed in the table 
below. 

Objective 

Operating Profit*  

Goal 1 

Goal 2 

100% of
budgeted
operating profit 

115% of 
budgeted 
operating profit 

*  Operating Profit is defined as operating income excluding Bonus Expense.  For purposes of determining achievement of the 
bonus plan targets, these measures can exclude certain categories of non-recurring items that the Committee believes do not 
reflect the performance of Lannett’s core continuing operations.  In Fiscal 2012 Operating Profit excluded certain outsourced 
sales and marketing expenses. 

All payouts to the Named Executive Officers under the 2012 Bonus Plan were contingent upon the Committee’s review and 
certification of the degree to which Lannett achieved the 2012 Bonus Plan objectives, and upon the Committee’s review and approval 
of Management’s certification of the degree to which individual goals and objectives had been achieved.  The 2012 Bonus Plan 
provides that payout would be limited to 20% of the Operating Profit (as defined by the 2012 Bonus Plan). 

The 2012 Bonus Plan program provided that the Committee could modify, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. 

Long-term Incentives 

The Committee believes that long-term equity incentives are an important part of a complete compensation package because they 
focus executives on increasing the value of the assets that are entrusted to them by the stockholders, achieving Lannett’s long-term 
goals, aligning the interests of executives with those of stockholders, encouraging sustained stock performance and helping to retain 
executives. 

Equity grants are designed to emphasize particular elements of the Company’s immediate and long-term objectives and to retain key 
executives.  We will refer to these grants collectively as Long Term Incentive Awards (LTIA).  The types of grants available are: 

• 

• 

stock options, becoming exercisable over three years (approximately one-third increments on each anniversary) from the date 
of the grant and having a total term of ten years, and 

shares of restricted stock, vesting over three years (approximately one-third increments on each anniversary) from the date of 
grant. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Committee assesses the appropriate overall value of these equity grants to executives by reviewing survey results and other 
market data provided by its consultant.  This information includes the value of equity grants made to similarly situated executives 
among the Peer Group.  The overall value of LTIA grants for each executive is determined by the Committee with assistance from 
their consultant. 

In determining the overall value of LTIA grants, the Committee also considers the potential value of equity compensation relative to 
other elements of compensation for each Named Executive Officer.  It likewise assesses the appropriate distribution of equity value 
among the grant types, as well as the corporate objectives each type of grant is intended to encourage. 

Stock Options and Restricted Stock 

Stock options and restricted stock granted as part of the LTIA are designed both to reward the achievement of sustained stock price 
appreciation and to encourage executive retention during a three-year vesting term and, in the case of stock options, a ten-year option 
life.  Stock option and restricted stock awards are intended to align executives’ motivation with stockholders’ best interests.  Sustained 
stock price appreciation is one factor considered in the granting of stock options and restricted stock.  Stock options and restricted 
stock vest in one-third increments on the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. 

Benefits and Perquisites 

We provide Named Executive Officers with perquisites and other personal benefits that we believe are reasonable and consistent with 
our overall compensation program to better enable us to attract and retain superior employees for key positions.  The Committee 
periodically reviews the levels of perquisites and other personal benefits provided to Named Executive Officers. 

Lannett matches contributions to the 401(k) plan on a $0.50 basis up to 8% of the contributing employee’s base salary, subject to 
limitations of the Plan and applicable law.  The Named Executive Officers are also provided with car allowances, for which the taxes 
are also paid by the Company. 

Lannett provides life insurance for executive officers which would, in the event of death, pay $115,000 to designated beneficiaries.  
Premiums paid for coverage above $50,000 are treated as imputed income to the executive.  Lannett also provides short-term and 
long-term disability insurance which would, in the event of disability, pay the executive officer sixty percent (60%) of his base salary 
up to the plan limits of $2,000 per week for short-term disability and $15,000 per month for long-term disability.  Executive officers 
participate in other qualified benefit plans, such as medical insurance plans, in the same manner as all other employees. 

Attributed costs of the personal benefits available to the Named Executive Officers for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, are 
included in column (i) of the Summary Compensation Table on page 48. 

Post-Termination Pay 

We believe that reasonable severance and change in control benefits are necessary in order to recruit and retain qualified senior 
executives and are generally required by the competitive recruiting environment within our industry and the marketplace in general.  
These severance benefits reflect the fact that it may be difficult for such executives to find comparable employment within a short 
period of time, and are designed to alleviate an executive’s concerns about the loss of his or her position without cause.  We also 
believe that a change in control arrangement will provide an executive security that will likely reduce the reluctance of an executive to 
pursue a change in control transaction that could be in the best interests of our stockholders.  Lannett’s severance plan is designed to 
pay severance benefits to an executive for a qualifying separation.  For the Chief Executive Officer, the severance plan provides for a 
payment of three times the sum of base salary plus a pro-rated annual cash bonus for the current year calculated as if all targets and 
goals are achieved.  For the other Named Executive Officers, the severance plan provides for a payment of eighteen months of base 
salary plus a pro-rated annual cash bonus for the current year calculated as if all targets and goals are achieved. 

Tax and Accounting Implications 

Deductibility of Executive Compensation 

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, precludes the deductibility of an executive officer’s compensation 
that exceeds $1,000,000 per year unless the compensation is paid under a performance-based plan that has been approved by 
stockholders.  The Committee believes that it is generally preferable to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m) through, for 
example, the use of our Incentive Plan.  However, to maintain flexibility in compensating executive officers in a manner that attracts, 
rewards, and retains high quality individuals, the Committee may elect to provide compensation outside of those requirements when it 
deems appropriate.  The Committee believes that stockholder interests are best served by not restricting the Committee’s discretion in 
this regard, even though such compensation may result in non-deductible compensation expenses to the Company. 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Timing of Committee Meetings and Grants; Option and Share Pricing 

The Committee typically holds four regular meetings each year, and the timing of these meetings is generally established during the 
year.  The Committee holds special meetings from time to time as its workload requires.  Historically, annual grants of equity awards 
have typically been accomplished at a meeting of the Committee in September of each year.  Individual grants (for example, 
associated with the hiring of a new executive officer or promotion to an executive officer position) may occur at any time of year.  We 
expect to coordinate the timing of equity award grants to be made within thirty (30) days of Lannett’s earnings release announcement 
following the completion of the fiscal year.  The exercise price of each stock option and restricted share awarded to our executive 
officers is the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. 

REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE 

The Compensation Committee has reviewed, discussed and approved the Compensation Discussion and Analysis set forth above with 
management.  Taking this review and discussion into account, the undersigned Committee members recommended to the Board of 
Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this annual report on Form 10-K. 

The Compensation Committee 

Myron Winkelman (Chair) 
Ronald West 
Albert Wertheimer 
Paul Taveira 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The following table sets forth, as of July 31, 2012, information regarding the security ownership of the directors and certain executive 
officers of the Company and persons known to the Company to be beneficial owners of more than five (5%) percent of the Company’s 
common stock.  Although grants of restricted stock under the Company’s 2006 and 2011 Long Term Incentive Plans (“LTIPs”) 
generally vest equally over a three year period from the grant date, the restricted shares are included below because the voting rights 
with respect to such restricted stock are acquired immediately upon grant. 

Name and Address of 
Beneficial Owner / 
Director / Executive 
Officer 

Arthur P. Bedrosian 
13200 Townsend Road 
Philadelphia, PA 19154 

Broadfin Capital LLC 
237 Park Avenue, Ninth 
Floor, 
New York, NY 10017 

David Drabik 
13200 Townsend Road 
Philadelphia, PA 19154 

Robert Ehlinger 
13200 Townsend Road 
Philadelphia, PA 19154 

William Farber 
13200 Townsend Road 
Philadelphia, PA 19154 

Jeffrey Farber 
13200 Townsend Road 
Philadelphia, PA 19154 

David Farber 
6884 Brook Hollow Ct 
West Bloomfield, MI 
48322 

Farber Properties 
1775 John R Road 
Troy, MI 48083 

Farber Family LLC 1775 John R Road 
Troy, MI 48083 

Farber Investment LLC 
1775 John R Road 
Troy, MI 48083 

Martin Galvan 
13200 Townsend Road 
Philadelphia, PA 19154 

Ernest J. Sabo 
13200 Townsend Road 
Philadelphia, PA 19154 

William F. Schreck 
13200 Townsend Road 
Philadelphia, PA 19154 

Kenneth Sinclair 
13200 Townsend Road 
Philadelphia, PA 19154 

Kevin R. Smith 
13200 Townsend Road 
Philadelphia, PA 19154 

Paul Taveira 
13200 Townsend Road 
 Philadelphia, PA 19154 

Office 

Shares Held
Directly 

Excluding Options (*) 
Total 
Shares 

Shares Held
Indirectly 

Including Options (**)  

Percent of 
Class 

Number of
Shares 

Percent of
Class 

President and Chief Executive  Officer

5 92,911

48,150

641,061(1) 

2.26% 1,040,794 (1),(2) 

3.62%

2,452,160

17,500

22,966

0

0

0

2,452,160 

8.66% 2,452,160(3) 

8.66%

17,500 

0.06%

17,500 

0.06%

22,966(4) 

0.08%

88,558 (4),(5) 

0.31%

Director 

Vice President of Logistics and Chief 
Information Officer 

Chairman Emeritus

5,398,423

272,064

5,670,487(6) 

20.02% 5,762,987(6),(7) 

20.28%

Chairman of the Board, Director

164,970

5,577,092 (A)

5,742,062(8) 

20.27% 5,789,562(8),(9) 

20.40%

140,870

5,592,680 (A)

5,733,550(10) 

20.24% 5,756,050( 10),(11)

20.30%

5,000,000

528,142

38,000

0

Vice President of Finance and Chief 
Financial Officer 

Vice President of Regulatory Affairs and 
Chief Compliance Officer 

18,098

Chief Operating Officer 

38,886

Director 

25,000

Vice President of Sales and Marketing 

30,436

Director 

0

60 

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

5,000,000(12) 

17.65% 5,000,000 

17.65%

528,142(13) 

1.86% 528,142 

1.86%

38,000(14) 

0.13%

38,000 

0.13%

0 

0.00%

13,333(15) 

0.05%

18,098(16) 

0.06% 113,859(16),(17)

0.40%

38,886(18) 

0.14% 231,298(18),(19)

0.81%

25,000 

0.09%

50,000(20) 

0.18%

30,436(21) 

0.11% 245,197(21),(22)

0.86%

0 

0.00%

0 

0.00%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Albert Wertheimer 
13200 Townsend Road 
Philadelphia, PA 19154 

Ronald A. West 
13200 Townsend Road 
Philadelphia, PA 19154 

Myron Winkelman 
13200 Townsend Road 
Philadelphia, PA 19154 

Director 

28,500

Vice Chairman of the Board, Director 

5,000

Director 

28,500

0

0

0

28,500 

0.10%

53,500(23) 

0.19%

5,000 

0.02%

59,948(24) 

0.21%

28,500 

0.10%

68,500(25) 

0.24%

All directors and  
executive officers as a group (13 persons)   

972,767

5,625,242

6,598,009 

23.29% 7,772,049 

26.34%

(A) 
Farber and Jeffrey Farber each disclaim beneficial ownership of 2,500,000 shares held by FPG. 

Includes 5,000,000 shares held by Farber Properties Group LLC (“FPG”).  FPG is managed and jointly owned by Jeffrey Farber and David Farber and his former wife.  David 

(1) 
42,877 shares of common stock held through employee stock purchase plan.  Also, includes 10,000 unvested shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in October 2009. 

Includes 45,150 shares owned by Arthur P. Bedrosian’s wife and 3,000 shares owned by his daughter.  Mr. Bedrosian disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares.  Includes 

Includes 96,900 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $7.97 per share, 33,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.36 

(2) 
per share, 30,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $16.04 per share, 25,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $8.00 per share, 
30,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 per share, 75,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.03 per share, 30,000 vested 
options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $2.80, and 50,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.94 per share, and 29,833 vested options to 
purchase common stock at an exercise price of $3.55. 

(3) 
2012.  As of July 31, 2012, Broadfin had voting power and dispositive power over 2,452,160 shares of the Company’s common stock. 

Based solely on the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC by Broadfin Capital LLC (“Broadfin”) on February 14, 2012 and Form 13F filed with the SEC by Broadfin on August 14, 

(4) 
purchase plan. 

Includes 3,333 unvested shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in October 2009.  Also includes 5,093 shares of common stock held through employee stock 

Includes 10,425 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.05 per share, 7,500 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 per 

(5) 
share, 15,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.03 per share, 10,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.94 per share, 6,000 
vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.02, and 16,667 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $3.55. 

(6) 
135,450 shares held by William Farber as custodian for his seven grandchildren.  Includes 26,250 shares held in William Farber’s IRA account. 

Includes 300,000 shares jointly held by William Farber and William Farber’s spouse, Audrey Farber; 14,000 shares owned by William Farber’s brother, Gerald G. Farber, and 

(7) 
per share, 25,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $16.04 per share, and 5,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 per share. 

Includes 37,500 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $7.97 per share, 25,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.36 

Includes 5,000,000 shares held by Farber Properties Group LLC (“FPG”).  FPG is managed and jointly owned by Jeffrey Farber and David Farber.  David Farber and Jeffrey 

(8) 
Farber each disclaim beneficial ownership of 2,500,000 shares held by FPG.  Includes 528,142 shares held by Farber Family LLC (“FFLLC”) which is managed by Jeffrey and David Farber.  
David Farber and Jeffrey Farber each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares.  Includes 150 shares held by Jeffrey Farber as custodian for his son and 10,800 shares held by William 
Farber as custodian for his children.  Also includes 38,000 shares held by Farber Investment Company (“FIC”).  Jeffrey Farber and David Farber each beneficially own 25% of FIC and each 
disclaim beneficial ownership of all but 9,500 shares held by FIC. 

(9) 
20,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.55, and 5,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89. 

Includes 10,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.36 per share, 12,500 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $16.04, 

Includes 5,000,000 shares held by FPG.  FPG is managed and jointly owned by Jeffrey Farber and David Farber.  David Farber and Jeffrey Farber each disclaim beneficial 

(10) 
ownership of 2,500,000 shares held by FPG.  Includes 528,142 shares held by FFLLC which is managed by Jeffrey and David Farber.  David Farber and Jeffrey Farber each disclaim beneficial 
ownership of these shares.  Indirect shares include 7,488 shares held by David Farber as custodian for his children, 16,200 shares held by William Farber as custodian for his children and 2,850 
shares held by David Farber’s spouse.  Also includes 38,000 shares held by FIC.  Jeffrey Farber and David Farber each beneficially own 25% of FIC and each disclaim beneficial ownership of 
all but 9,500 shares held by FIC. 

(11) 
$16.04 per share. 

Includes 10,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.36 per share and 12,500 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of 

(12) 

Farber Properties Group, LLC is managed and jointly owned by Jeffrey Farber and David Farber. 

(13) 

(14) 

(15) 

(16) 

Farber Family LLC is managed by Jeffrey Farber and David Farber as trustees. 

Farber Investment LLC is beneficially owned 25% each by Jeffrey and David Farber and 50% by Larry Farber. 

Includes 13,333 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.73 per share. 

Includes 5,000 unvested shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in October 2009. 

(17) 
Includes 3,260 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $7.48 per share, 4,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.18 per 
share, 7,500 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 per share, 15,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.03 per share, 16,000 
vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $2.80 per share, 33,334 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.94 per share, and 16,667 vested 
options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $3.55. 

(18) 

Includes 5,000 unvested shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in October 2009. 

(19) 
Includes 17,745 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $11.27 per share, 12,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.18 
per share and 15,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 per share, 50,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.03 per share, 
and 16,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $2.80 per share, 10,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $7.53 per share, 40,000 
vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.94 per share, 8,333 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.02, and 23,333 vested options to 
purchase common stock at an exercise price of $3.55. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(20) 
per share. 

Includes 20,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.55 per share and 5,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 

(21) 
purchase plan. 

Includes 5,000 unvested shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in October 2009.  Also includes 4,265 shares of common stock held through employee stock 

Includes 38,760 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $7.97 per share, 13,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.36 

(22) 
per share, 20,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $16.04 per share, 12,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.18 per share, 
15,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 per share, 50,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.03 per share, 16,000 vested 
options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $2.80, 33,334 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.94 per share, and 16,667 vested options to purchase 
common stock at an exercise price of $3.55. 

(23) 
per share. 

Includes 20,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $9.02 per share and 5,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 

(24) 
share, 25,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $16.04 and 5,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89. 

Includes 9,948 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $7.97 per share, 15,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.36 per 

(25) 
vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 per share. 

Includes 15,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.36, 20,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $16.04 and 5,000 

*   Percent of class calculation is based on 28,330,810 outstanding shares of common stock at July 31, 2012. 
** Assumes that all options exercisable within sixty days have been exercised. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table summarizes the equity compensation plans as of June 30, 2012: 

Plan Category 
Equity Compensation plans approved by 

Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(a) 

Weighted average 
exercise price of 
outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 
(b) 

Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation plans 
(excluding securities 
reflected in column (a)) 
(c) 

security holders  ..............................................  

2,747,382 

Equity Compensation plans not approved 

by security holders  .........................................  

— 

Total  ...............................................................  

2,747,382 

$6.42 

— 

$6.42 

1,683,738 

— 

1,683,738 

ITEM 13. 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The Company had sales of approximately $757,000, $876,000, and $679,000 during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 
2010, respectively, to a generic distributor, Auburn Pharmaceutical Company (“Auburn”).  Jeffrey Farber (the “related party”), 
Chairman of the Board and the son of William Farber, Chairman Emeritus of the Board of Directors and principal shareholder of the 
Company, is the owner of Auburn.  Accounts receivable includes amounts due from the related party of approximately $234,000 and 
$259,000 at June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  In the Company’s opinion, the terms of these transactions were not more favorable 
to the related party than would have been to a non-related party. 

In January 2005, Lannett Holdings, Inc. entered into an agreement in which the Company purchased for $100,000 and future royalty 
payments the proprietary rights to manufacture and distribute a product for which Pharmeral, Inc. (“Pharmeral”) owned the ANDA.  
In Fiscal 2008, the Company obtained FDA approval to use the proprietary rights.  Arthur P. Bedrosian, President and Chief Executive 
Officer of the Company, Inc. currently owns 100% of Pharmeral.  This transaction was approved by the Board of Directors of the 
Company and in their opinion the terms were not more favorable to the related party than they would have been to a non-related party.  
In May 2008, Mr. Bedrosian and Pharmeral waived their rights to any royalty payments on the sales of the drug by Lannett under 
Lannett’s current ownership structure.  Should Lannett undergo a change in control where a third party is involved, this royalty would 
be reinstated.  The registered trademark OB-Natal® was transferred to Lannett for one dollar from Mr. Bedrosian. 

Lannett Company, Inc. paid a management consultant, who is related to Mr. Bedrosian, $105,000 in fees and $24,000 in reimbursable 
expenses during Fiscal 2012 and $135,000 in fees and $19,000 in reimbursable expenses during Fiscal 2011.  This consultant provided 
management, construction planning, laboratory set up and administrative services in regards to the Company’s initial set up of its bio-
study laboratory in a foreign country.  It is expected that this consultant will continue to be utilized into fiscal year 2013.  In the 
Company’s opinion, the fee rates paid to this consultant and the expenses reimbursed to him were not more favorable than what would 
have been paid to a non-related party. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

Grant Thornton LLP served as the independent auditors of the Company during Fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010.  No relationship exists, 
other than the usual relationship between independent public accountant and client.  The following table identifies the fees incurred for 
services rendered by Grant Thornton LLP in Fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010. 

(In thousands) 

Audit Fees 

Audit-Related 

Tax Fees (1) 

  All Other Fees (2) 

Total Fees 

Fiscal 2012:  ................................  
Fiscal 2011:  ................................  
Fiscal 2010:  ................................  

$ 
$ 
$ 

338 
324 
353 

$
$
$

— 
— 
— 

$
$
$

107 
144 
190 

$ 
$ 
$ 

— 
— 
8 

$
$
$

445 
468 
551 

(1) Tax fees include fees paid for preparation of annual federal, state and local income tax returns, quarterly estimated income tax 
payments, and various tax planning services. 

(2) Other fees include fees paid for review of various SEC correspondences. 

The non-audit services provided to the Company by Grant Thornton LLP were pre-approved by the Company’s Audit Committee.  
Prior to engaging its auditor to perform non-audit services, the Company’s Audit Committee reviews the particular service to be 
provided and the fee to be paid by the Company for such service and assesses the impact of the service on the auditor’s independence. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

ITEM 15. 

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a) 

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

(1)  The following financial statements are included herein: 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2012 and 2011 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for each of the three fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the three fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 
Supplementary Data 

(2)  The following financial statement schedule is included herein 

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

68
69
70
71
72

93

(b) 

A list of the exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K to be filed as of this Form 10-K is shown on the Exhibit Index 
filed herewith. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date:  September 12, 2012 

Date:  September 12, 2012 

Date:  September 12, 2012 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC. 

By: 

By: 

By: 

/s/ Arthur P. Bedrosian 
Arthur P. Bedrosian, 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Martin P. Galvan 
Martin P. Galvan 
Vice President of Finance and 
Chief Financial Officer 

/s/ G. Michael Landis 
G. Michael Landis 
Director of Financial Reporting and 
Principal Accounting Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of 
the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Date:  September 12, 2012 

Date:  September 12, 2012 

Date:  September 12, 2012 

Date:  September 12, 2012 

Date:  September 12, 2012 

Date:  September 12, 2012 

Date:  September 12, 2012 

Date:  September 12, 2012 

/s/ Jeffrey Farber 
Jeffrey Farber, 
Chairman of the Board of Directors 

/s/ Ronald A. West 
Ronald A. West, 
Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, 
Lead Independent Director 

/s/ Arthur P Bedrosian 
Arthur P. Bedrosian, 
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Kenneth Sinclair 
Kenneth Sinclair, 
Director, Chairman of Audit Committee 

/s/ Albert Wertheimer 
Albert Wertheimer, 
Director, Chairman of Strategic Planning Committee 

/s/ Myron Winkelman 
Myron Winkelman, 
Director, Chairman of Compensation Committee 

/s/ David Drabik 
David Drabik, 
Director 

/s/ Paul Taveira 
Paul Taveira, 
Director 

By: 

By: 

By: 

By: 

By: 

By: 

By: 

By: 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lannett Company, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and Subsidiaries 
(collectively, the Company) as of June 30, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in 
shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of three fiscal years in the period ended June 30, 2012.  Our audits of the basic 
consolidated financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15.  These 
financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are 
free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the 
financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating 
the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2012 and 2011 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of 
the three fiscal years in the period ended June 30, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America.  Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated 
financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated 
September 12, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion. 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 

September 12, 2012 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

We have audited Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ (a Delaware Corporation) internal control over financial reporting as of 
June 30, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ management is responsible for 
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over 
financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting based on 
our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over 
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over 
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of 
internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of June 30, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by COSO. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
consolidated financial statements of Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries, and our report dated September 12, 2012 expressed an 
unqualified opinion. 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 

September 12, 2012 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LANNETT COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

June 30, 2012 

June 30, 2011 

ASSETS 
Current Assets  

Cash and cash equivalents  ..................................................................................................  
Investment securities  ...........................................................................................................  
Trade accounts receivable (net of allowance of $124 and $124, respectively)  ...................  
Inventories, net  ....................................................................................................................  
Income taxes receivable  ......................................................................................................  
Deferred tax assets  ..............................................................................................................  
Other current assets  .............................................................................................................  
Total Current Assets  .....................................................................................................

Property, plant and equipment, net  .....................................................................................  
Construction in progress  .....................................................................................................  
Intangible assets (product rights), net  .................................................................................  
Deferred tax assets  ..............................................................................................................  
Other assets  .........................................................................................................................  

TOTAL ASSETS  

LIABILITIES 
Current Liabilities  

Accounts payable  ................................................................................................................  
Accrued expenses ................................................................................................................  
Accrued payroll and payroll related  ....................................................................................  
Current portion of long-term debt  .......................................................................................  
Rebates, chargebacks and returns payable  ..........................................................................  
Total Current Liabilities  ..............................................................................................

Long-term debt, less current portion  ...................................................................................  
Other long-term liabilities  ...................................................................................................  

TOTAL LIABILITIES  

Commitment and Contingencies, See Notes 13 and 14 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Common stock - authorized 50,000,000 shares, par value per share $0.001; 

issued, 28,594,437 and 28,403,946 shares, respectively; outstanding, 28,252,192 and 
28,247,335 shares, respectively  ......................................................................................  
Additional paid in capital  ....................................................................................................  
Retained earnings  ................................................................................................................  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)  ..............................................................  
Treasury stock at cost — 342,245 and 156,611 shares, respectively  ..................................  
Total Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. ........................
Noncontrolling Interest  .......................................................................................................  
Total Shareholders’ Equity ...........................................................................................
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$

$

$

22,562 
6,667 
42,215 
27,064 
2,120 
4,833 
1,020 
106,481 

34,909 
2,159 
4,429 
9,069 
1,171 
158,218 

17,989 
1,572 
3,144 
648 
17,039 
40,392 

6,513 
— 
46,905 

29 
99,515 
13,236 
(63) 
(1,594) 
111,123 
190 
111,313 
158,218 

$

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements. 

5,277 
19,382 
33,464 
26,903 
3,636 
4,538 
942 
94,142 

29,929 
5,761 
5,910 
10,446 
1,556 
147,744 

18,378 
1,354 
935 
629 
13,564 
34,860 

7,193 
2 
42,055 

28 
97,082 
9,288 
24 
(872)
105,550 
139 
105,689 
147,744 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LANNETT COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 

(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

2012 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 
2011 

2010 

Net sales  ...................................................................................................  
Cost of sales  .............................................................................................  
Amortization of intangible assets  .............................................................  
Product royalties  ......................................................................................  

$

$ 

122,990 
81,985 
1,879 
179 

$

106,835 
81,899 
1,875 
(259) 

Gross profit  .....................................................................................

Research and development expenses  .......................................................  
Selling, general, and administrative expenses  ..........................................  

Operating Income (Loss)  ...............................................................

Other Income (Expense): 

Foreign currency gain (loss)  ................................................................  
Gain (loss) on sale of assets  .................................................................  
Realized gain on investments  ...............................................................  
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments  .................................................  
Grant income  ........................................................................................  
Interest and dividend income  ...............................................................  
Interest expense  ....................................................................................  

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)  .................................  
Income tax expense (benefit)  ...................................................................  
Net Income (Loss)  ..........................................................................

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest  ...........................  

Net income (loss) attributable to Lannett Company, Inc.  ..................

Basic earnings (loss) per common share - Lannett Company, Inc.  ..........  
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share - Lannett Company, Inc.  .......  

125,178 
80,890 
1,795 
1,153 

41,340 

11,252 
17,375 

12,713 

5 
315 
2 
— 
— 
62 
(276)
108 

12,821 
4,813 
8,008 

(187)

38,947 

11,844 
20,193 

6,910 

(62) 
4 
236 
(339) 
— 
142 
(273) 
(292) 

6,618 
2,600 
4,018 

(70) 

23,320 

8,587 
15,912 

(1,179) 

7 
(22) 
74 
132 
410 
91 
(214) 
478 

(701) 
(461) 
(240) 

(37) 

$

$
$

3,948 

$ 

(277)  $

7,821 

0.14 
0.14 

$ 
$ 

(0.01)  $
(0.01)  $

0.32 
0.31 

Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding  ............................  
Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding  .........................  

28,263,335 
28,408,432 

26,758,552 
26,758,552 

24,743,902 
25,199,373 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LANNETT COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Common Stock 

Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to Lannett Company Inc. 

Shares 
Issued 

  Amount 

Additional
Paid In 
Capital 

Retained
Earnings 

Accumulated
Other 
Comprehensive
Income (loss) 

Treasury
Stock 

Shareholders’ 
Equity 
Attributable to 
Lannett Co., Inc.  

Noncontrolling
Interest 

Total 
Shareholders’
Equity 

(In thousands) 

Balance, June 30, 2009  ..................    

24,518  $ 

25  $ 

76,250  $ 

1,744  $ 

25  $ 

(489)  $ 

77,555   $ 

94  $ 

77,649 

Shares issued in connection with 
share based compensation  
plans  ...........................................    
Share based compensation  ..............    
Tax benefit on stock options 

exercised  ....................................    
Purchase of treasury stock  ..............    
Distribution to noncontrolling 

interests  ......................................    

Other comprehensive income, net 

of income tax  .............................    
Net income  ......................................    

364 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

1,805 
1,748 

60 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
7,821 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

20 
— 

— 
— 

— 
(162) 

— 

— 
— 

1,805  
1,748  

60  
(162 ) 

—  

20  
7,821  

— 
— 

— 
— 

(169)

— 
187 

1,805 
1,748 

60 
(162)

(169)

20 
8,008 

Balance, June 30, 2010  ..................    

24,882  $ 

25  $ 

79,863  $ 

9,565  $ 

45  $ 

(651)  $ 

88,847   $ 

112  $ 

88,959 

Shares issued in connection with 

share based compensation plans     
Share based compensation  ..............    
Shares issued in connection with 

public stock offering  ..................    

Tax benefit on stock options 

exercised  ....................................    
Purchase of treasury stock  ..............    
Distribution to noncontrolling 

interests  ......................................    

Other comprehensive income, net 

of income tax  .............................    
Net loss  ............................................    

272 
— 

3,250 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

3 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

501 
1,824 

14,947 

(53) 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
(277) 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

(21) 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
(221) 

— 

— 
— 

501  
1,824  

14,950  

(53 ) 
(221 ) 

—  

(21 ) 
(277 ) 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

(10)

— 
37 

501 
1,824 

14,950 

(53)
(221)

(10)

(21)
(240)

Balance, June 30, 2011  ..................    

28,404  $ 

28  $ 

97,082  $ 

9,288  $ 

24  $ 

(872)  $ 

105,550   $ 

139  $ 

105,689 

Shares issued in connection with 
share based compensation  
plans  ...........................................    
Share based compensation  ..............    
Purchase of treasury stock  ..............    
Distribution to noncontrolling 

interests  ......................................    

Other comprehensive loss, net 

of income tax  .............................    
Net income  ......................................    

190 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

1 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

271 
2,162 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
3,948 

— 
— 
— 

— 

(87) 
— 

— 
— 
(722) 

— 

— 
— 

272  
2,162  
(722 ) 

—  

(87 ) 
3,948  

— 
— 
— 

(19)

— 
70 

272 
2,162 
(722)

(19)

(87)
4,018 

Balance, June 30, 2012  ..................    

28,594  $ 

29  $ 

99,515  $ 

13,236  $ 

(63)  $ 

(1,594)  $ 

111,123   $ 

190  $ 

111,313 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
LANNETT COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(In thousands) 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 

2012 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 
2011 

2010 

Net income (loss)  ................................................................................................  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) 

$

4,018 

$ 

(240)  $

8,008 

operating activities: 
Depreciation and amortization  ........................................................................  
Deferred tax expense  ......................................................................................  
Share based compensation expense  ................................................................  
Tax shortfall on stock options exercised  .........................................................  
Loss (gain) on sale of assets  ............................................................................  
Realized (gain) loss on investments  ................................................................  
Unrealized (gain) loss on investments  ............................................................  
Grant income  ..................................................................................................  
Other noncash expenses (income)  ...................................................................  

Changes in assets and liabilities which (used) provided cash: 

Trade accounts receivable  ...............................................................................  
Inventories  ......................................................................................................  
Income taxes receivable / payable ...................................................................  
Prepaid expenses and other assets  ...................................................................  
Accounts payable  ............................................................................................  
Accrued expenses  ...........................................................................................  
Rebates, chargebacks and returns payable  ......................................................  
Accrued payroll and payroll related  ................................................................  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities  ....................................  

INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment  

(including construction in progress) ................................................................  
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment  .........................................  
Purchase of intangible asset (product rights)  .......................................................  
Proceeds from sale of investment securities  ........................................................  
Purchase of investment securities  ........................................................................  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities  ....................................  

FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

Proceeds from the issuance of debt  .....................................................................  
Repayments of debt  .............................................................................................  
Deferred financing fees  .......................................................................................  
Proceeds from public stock offering  ....................................................................  
Proceeds from issuance of stock  .........................................................................  
Tax (shortfall) benefit on stock options exercised  ...............................................  
Purchase of treasury stock  ...................................................................................  
Distribution to noncontrolling interests  ...............................................................  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  ....................................  

Effect of foreign currency rates on cash and cash equivalents  .................................  

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS  ...........  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD  ........................  

5,735 
1,082 
2,162 
— 
(4) 
(236) 
339 
— 
15 

(8,751) 
(161) 
1,516 
(107) 
(389) 
218 
3,475 
2,209 
11,121 

(5,237) 
7 
— 
35,910 
(23,301) 
7,379 

— 
(661) 
— 
— 
272 
— 
(722) 
(19) 
(1,130) 

(85) 

17,285 

5,277 

4,976 
2,850 
1,824 
53 
22 
(74) 
(132) 
(410) 
20 

4,860 
(7,845) 
(5,116) 
168 
2,007 
(2,110) 
(1,685) 
(5,370) 
(6,202) 

(7,254) 
9 
— 
9,750 
(28,153) 
(25,648) 

5,056 
(4,954) 
(26) 
14,950 
501 
(53) 
(221) 
(10) 
15,243 

(12) 

(16,619) 

21,896 

4,888 
182 
2,038 
— 
(315)
(2)
— 
— 
(3)

(8,802)
(2,862)
769 
(1,908)
(525)
1,622 
1,938 
1,913 
6,941 

(11,187)
368 
(500)
340 
— 
(10,979)

— 
(419)
— 
— 
756 
60 
(162)
(168)
67 

34 

(3,937)

25,833 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD  .....................................  

$

22,562 

$ 

5,277 

$

21,896 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION - .............  
Interest paid  .........................................................................................................  
Income taxes paid  ................................................................................................  
Lannett stock issued - Fiscal 2009 accrued incentive compensation  ...................  

$
$
$

272 
1 
— 

$ 
$ 
$ 

272 
1,809 
— 

$
$
$

180 
3,802 
759 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LANNETT COMPANY, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(In thousands, unless otherwise noted and per share data) 

Note 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Lannett Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and subsidiaries (the “Company” or “Lannett”), develop, manufacture, package, 
market, and distribute finished dosage forms of drugs as well as manufacture active pharmaceutical ingredients.  The Company 
manufactures solid oral dosage forms, including tablets and capsules, topical and oral solutions, and is pursuing partnerships and 
research contracts for the development and production of other dosage forms, including ophthalmic, nasal and injectable products. 

The Company is engaged in an industry which is subject to considerable government regulation related to the development, 
manufacturing and marketing of pharmaceutical products.  In the normal course of business, the Company periodically responds to 
inquiries or engages in administrative and judicial proceedings involving regulatory authorities, particularly the Food and Drug 
Administration (FDA) and the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA). 

Use of Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, 
the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and 
expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the operating parent company, Lannett 
Company, Inc., and its wholly owned subsidiaries, as well as the consolidation of Cody LCI Realty, LLC, a variable interest entity.  
See Note 12 regarding the consolidation of this variable interest entity.  All intercompany accounts and transactions have been 
eliminated. 

Foreign Currency Translation - The local currency is the functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiary.  Assets and 
liabilities of the foreign subsidiary are translated into U.S. dollars at the period-end currency exchange rate and revenues and expenses 
are translated at an average currency exchange rate for the period.  The resulting translation adjustment is recorded in a separate 
component of shareholders’ equity and changes to such are included in comprehensive income.  Exchange adjustments resulting from 
transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Reclassifications — Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year financial statement presentation. 

Revenue Recognition - The Company recognizes revenue when its products are shipped.  At this point, title and risk of loss have 
transferred to the customer and provisions for estimates, including rebates, promotional adjustments, price adjustments, returns, 
chargebacks, and other potential adjustments are reasonably determinable.  Accruals for these provisions are presented in the 
consolidated financial statements as rebates, chargebacks and returns payable and reductions to net sales.  The change in the reserves 
for various sales adjustments may not be proportionally equal to the change in sales because of changes in both the product and the 
customer mix.  Increased sales to wholesalers will generally require additional accruals as they are the primary recipient of 
chargebacks and rebates.  Incentives offered to secure sales vary from product to product.  Provisions for estimated rebates and 
promotional credits are estimated based upon contractual terms.  Provisions for other customer credits, such as price adjustments, 
returns, and chargebacks, require management to make subjective judgments on customer mix.  Unlike branded innovator drug 
companies, Lannett does not use information about product levels in distribution channels from third-party sources, such as IMS and 
Wolters Kluwer, in estimating future returns and other credits.  Lannett calculates a chargeback/rebate rate based on contractual terms 
with its customers and applies this rate to customer sales.  The only variable is customer mix, and this assumption is based on 
historical data and sales expectations. 

Chargebacks — The provision for chargebacks is the most significant and complex estimate used in the recognition of revenue.  The 
Company sells its products directly to wholesale distributors, generic distributors, retail pharmacy chains, and mail-order pharmacies.  
The Company also sells its products indirectly to independent pharmacies, managed care organizations, hospitals, nursing homes, and 
group purchasing organizations, collectively referred to as “indirect customers.”  Lannett enters into agreements with its indirect 
customers to establish pricing for certain products.  The indirect customers then independently select a wholesaler from which to 
actually purchase the products at these agreed-upon prices.  Lannett will provide credit to the wholesaler for the difference between 
the agreed-upon price with the indirect customer and the wholesaler’s invoice price if the price sold to the indirect customer is lower 
than the direct price to the wholesaler.  This credit is called a chargeback.  The provision for chargebacks is based on expected sell-
through levels by the Company’s wholesale customers to the indirect customers and estimated wholesaler inventory levels.  As sales 
to the large wholesale customers, such as Cardinal Health, AmerisourceBergen, and McKesson increase, the reserve for chargebacks 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
will also generally increase.  However, the size of the increase depends on the product mix and the amount of those sales that end up 
at indirect customers with which the Company has specific chargeback agreements.  The Company continually monitors the reserve 
for chargebacks and makes adjustments when management believes that expected chargebacks on actual sales may differ from actual 
chargeback reserves. 

Rebates — Rebates are offered to the Company’s key chain drug store, distributor and wholesaler customers to promote customer 
loyalty and increase product sales.  These rebate programs provide customers with rebate credits upon attainment of pre-established 
volumes or attainment of net sales milestones for a specified period.  Other promotional programs are incentive programs offered to 
the customers.  As a result of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”) enacted in the U.S. in March 2010, the 
Company participates in a new cost sharing program for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries designed primarily for the sale of brand 
drugs and certain generic drugs if their FDA approval was granted under a New Drug Application (“NDA”) or 505(b) NDA versus an 
Abbreviated New Drug Application (“ANDA”).  Because our drugs used for the treatment of thyroid deficiency and our Morphine 
Sulfate Oral Solution product were approved by the FDA as a 505(b)(2) NDA, they are considered “branded” drugs for purposes of 
the PPACA.  Drugs purchased under this program during Medicare Part D coverage gap (commonly referred to as the “donut hole”) 
result in additional rebates.  At the time of shipment, the Company estimates reserves for rebates and other promotional credit 
programs based on the specific terms in each agreement.  The reserve for rebates increases as sales to certain wholesale and retail 
customers increase.  However, since these rebate programs are not identical for all customers, the size of the reserve will depend on 
the mix of customers that are eligible to receive rebates. 

Returns — Consistent with industry practice, the Company has a product returns policy that allows customers to return product within 
a specified period prior to and subsequent to the product’s lot expiration date in exchange for a credit to be applied to future purchases.  
The Company’s policy requires that the customer obtain pre-approval from the Company for any qualifying return.  The Company 
estimates its provision for returns based on historical experience, changes to business practices, and credit terms.  While such 
experience has allowed for reasonable estimations in the past, history may not always be an accurate indicator of future returns.  The 
Company continually monitors the provisions for returns and makes adjustments when management believes that actual product 
returns may differ from established reserves.  Generally, the reserve for returns increases as net sales increase.  The reserve for returns 
is included in the rebates, chargebacks and returns payable account on the balance sheet. 

Other Adjustments — Other adjustments consist primarily of price adjustments, also known as “shelf stock adjustments,” which are 
credits issued to reflect decreases in the selling prices of the Company’s products that customers have remaining in their inventories at 
the time of the price reduction.  Decreases in selling prices are discretionary decisions made by management to reflect competitive 
market conditions.  Amounts recorded for estimated shelf stock adjustments are based upon specified terms with direct customers, 
estimated declines in market prices, and estimates of inventory held by customers.  The Company regularly monitors these and other 
factors and evaluates the reserve as additional information becomes available.  Other adjustments are included in the rebates, 
chargebacks and returns payable account on the balance sheet. 

The following tables identify the reserves for each major category of revenue allowance and a summary of the activity for the fiscal 
years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010: 

For the Year Ended June 30, 2012 

(In thousands) 
Reserve Category 
Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2011  ...............  

Actual credits issued related to sales 

  Chargebacks 

Rebates 

Returns 

Other 

Total 

$

5,497 

$

2,925 

$

5,142 

$ 

— 

$

13,564 

recorded in prior fiscal years  ........................  

(5,354) 

(3,084) 

(4,294) 

(152) 

(12,884)

Reserves or (reversals) charged during 
Fiscal 2012 related to sales in prior 
fiscal years  ...................................................  

Reserves charged to net sales during  

Fiscal 2012 related to sales recorded in  
Fiscal 2012  ...................................................  

Actual credits issued related to sales  

(143) 

159 

— 

152 

168 

68,576 

21,019 

4,692 

1,981 

96,268 

recorded in Fiscal 2012  ................................  

(61,513) 

(16,583) 

— 

(1,981) 

(80,077)

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2012  ...............  

$

7,063 

$

4,436 

$

5,540 

$ 

— 

$

17,039 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Year Ended June 30, 2011 

(In thousands) 
Reserve Category  
Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2010  ...............  

Actual credits issued related to sales 

  Chargebacks 

Rebates 

Returns 

Other 

Total 

$

6,282 

$

3,566 

$

5,401 

$ 

— 

$

15,249 

recorded in prior fiscal years  ........................  

(6,100) 

(3,947) 

(4,592) 

— 

(14,639)

Reserves or (reversals) charged during 
Fiscal 2011 related to sales in prior 
fiscal years  ...................................................  

Reserves charged to net sales during 

Fiscal 2011 related to sales recorded in 
Fiscal 2011  ...................................................  

Actual credits issued related to sales 

— 

381 

— 

— 

381 

53,687 

16,587 

6,715 

3,502 

80,491 

recorded in Fiscal 2011  ................................  

(48,372) 

(13,662) 

(2,382) 

(3,502) 

(67,918)

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2011  ...............  

$

5,497 

$

2,925 

$

5,142 

$ 

— 

$

13,564 

For the Year Ended June 30, 2010 

(In thousands) 
Reserve Category  
Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2009  ...............  

Actual credits issued related to sales 

  Chargebacks 

Rebates 

Returns 

Other 

Total 

$

6,090 

$

2,538 

$

5,107 

$ 

— 

$

13,735 

recorded in prior fiscal years  ........................  

(6,069) 

(2,538) 

(3,833) 

— 

(12,440)

Reserves or (reversals) charged during 
Fiscal 2010 related to sales in prior 
fiscal years  ...................................................  

Reserves charged to net sales during 

Fiscal 2010 related to sales recorded in 
Fiscal 2010  ...................................................  

Actual credits issued related to sales 

— 

— 

(401) 

— 

(401)

48,539 

16,353 

4,528 

1,227 

70,647 

recorded in Fiscal 2010  ................................  

(42,278) 

(12,787) 

— 

(1,227) 

(56,292)

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2010  ...............  

$

6,282 

$

3,566 

$

5,401 

$ 

— 

$

15,249 

The total reserve for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other adjustments increased from $13,564 at June 30, 2011 to $17,039 at 
June 30, 2012.  The increase in total reserves was due to an increase in the rebates reserve as a result of increased gross sales to 
customers who participate in rebate programs, the timing of actual rebate credits issued, as well as an additional rebate program the 
Company became obligated to participate in under Medicare Part D.  The increase in chargeback reserves is due primarily to an 
increase in inventory levels at wholesale distribution centers as a result of increased gross sales during Fiscal 2012 as compared to 
Fiscal 2011.  The activity in the “Other” category for the year ended June 30, 2012 includes shelf-stock, shipping and other sales 
adjustments. 

During Fiscal 2011, the Company issued credits totaling $2,382 related to Fiscal 2011 gross sales of Morphine Sulfate which were 
returned as a result of the FDA’s action to force the Company to cease manufacturing and distributing this product as of July 24, 2010. 

The Company ships its products to the warehouses of its wholesale and retail chain customers.  When the Company and a customer 
enter into an agreement for the supply of a product, the customer will generally continue to purchase the product, stock its 
warehouse(s), and resell the product to its own customers.  The Company’s customer will reorder the product as its warehouse is 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
depleted.  The Company generally has no minimum size orders for its customers.  Additionally, most warehousing customers prefer 
not to stock excess inventory levels due to the additional carrying costs and inefficiencies created by holding excess inventory.  As 
such, the Company’s customers continually reorder the Company’s products.  It is common for the Company’s customers to order the 
same products on a monthly basis.  For generic pharmaceutical manufacturers, it is critical to ensure that customers’ warehouses are 
adequately stocked with its products.  This is important due to the fact that multiple generic competitors may compete for the 
consumer demand for a given product.  Availability of inventory ensures that a manufacturer’s product is considered.  Otherwise, 
retail prescriptions would be filled with competitors’ products.  For this reason, the Company periodically offers incentives to its 
customers to purchase its products.  These incentives are generally up-front discounts off its standard prices at the beginning of a 
generic campaign launch for a newly-approved or newly-introduced product, or when a customer purchases a Lannett product for the 
first time.  Customers generally inform the Company that such purchases represent an estimate of expected resale for a period of time.  
This period of time is generally up to three months.  The Company records this revenue, net of any discounts offered and accepted by 
its customers at the time of shipment.  The Company’s products generally have either 24 months or 36 months of shelf-life at the time 
of manufacture.  The Company monitors its customers’ purchasing trends to attempt to identify any significant lapses in purchasing 
activity.  If the Company observes a lack of recent activity, inquiries will be made to such customer regarding the success of the 
customer’s resale efforts.  The Company attempts to minimize any potential return (or shelf life issues) by maintaining an active 
dialogue with the customers. 

The products that the Company sells are generic versions of brand named drugs.  The consumer markets for such drugs are well-
established markets with many years of historically-confirmed consumer demand.  Such consumer demand may be affected by several 
factors, including alternative treatments and costs, etc.  However, the effects of changes in such consumer demand for the Company’s 
products, like generic products manufactured by other generic companies, are gradual in nature.  Any overall decrease in consumer 
demand for generic products generally occurs over an extended period of time.  This is because there are thousands of doctors, 
prescribers, third-party payers, institutional formularies and other buyers of drugs that must change prescribing habits and medicinal 
practices before such a decrease would affect a generic drug market.  If the historical data the Company uses and the assumptions 
management makes to calculate its estimates of future returns, chargebacks, and other credits do not accurately approximate future 
activity, its net sales, gross profit, net income and earnings per share could change.  However, management believes that these 
estimates are reasonable based upon historical experience and current conditions. 

Cash and cash equivalents — The Company considers all highly liquid securities purchased with original maturities of 90 days or 
less to be cash equivalents.  Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates market value, and consist of certificates of deposit 
that are readily converted to cash.  The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with several major financial institutions. 

Accounts Receivable - The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and adjusts credit limits based upon 
payment history and the customer’s current credit worthiness, as determined by a review of current credit information.  The Company 
continuously monitors collections and payments from its customers and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses based upon 
historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified.  While such credit losses have historically 
been within both the Company’s expectations and the provisions established, the Company cannot guarantee that it will continue to 
experience the same credit loss rates that it has in the past. 

Inventories - The Company values its inventory at the lower of cost (determined by the first-in, first-out method) or market, regularly 
reviews inventory quantities on hand, and records a provision for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on estimated forecasts 
of product demand and production requirements.  The Company’s estimates of future product demand may fluctuate, in which case 
estimated required reserves for excess and obsolete inventory may increase or decrease.  If the Company’s inventory is determined to 
be overvalued, the Company recognizes such costs in cost of goods sold at the time of such determination.  Likewise, if inventory is 
determined to be undervalued, the Company may have recognized excess cost of goods sold in previous periods and would recognize 
such additional operating income at the time of sale. 

Property, Plant and Equipment - Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation is provided for by the straight-line 
method for financial reporting purposes over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  Depreciation expense for the fiscal years ended 
June 30, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $3,856, $3,101 and $3,055, respectively. 

Investment Securities — The Company’s investment securities consist of certificates of deposit, equity securities and marketable debt 
securities.  The Company’s certificates of deposit are classified as held-to-maturity, its equity securities are classified as trading and 
all of its marketable debt securities are classified as available-for-sale.  Investment securities are recorded at fair value based on 
quoted market prices.  For trading investments, unrealized holding gains and losses are recorded on the consolidated statements of 
operations.  For available-for-sale investments, unrealized holding gains and losses are recorded, net of any tax effect, as a separate 
component of accumulated other comprehensive income.  No gains or losses on investment securities are realized until they are sold 
or a decline in fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary.  The Company reviews its investment securities and determines 
whether the investments are other-than-temporarily impaired.  If the investments are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, 
the investments are written down to their then current fair market value with a new cost basis being established.  There were no 
securities determined by management to be other-than-temporarily impaired for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shipping and Handling Costs — The cost of shipping products to customers is recognized at the time the products are shipped, and is 
included in cost of sales. 

Research and Development — Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. 

Intangible Assets — Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.  Definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable.  Definite-lived intangible assets are 
amortized over the estimated useful lives, generally for periods ranging from 10 to 15 years.  The Company continually evaluates the 
reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets. 

Impairments — An impairment loss is measured as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value, calculated using a 
discounted future cash flow method.  Our discounted cash flow models are highly reliant on various assumptions which are considered 
level 3 inputs, including estimates of future cash flow (including long-term growth rates), discount rate, and expectations about 
variations in the amount and timing of cash flows and the probability of achieving the estimated cash flows. 

Advertising Costs - The Company charges advertising costs to operations as incurred.  Advertising expense for the fiscal years ended 
June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $46, $53, and $30, respectively. 

Income Taxes - The Company uses the liability method to account for income taxes.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined 
based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates 
which will be in effect when these differences reverse.  Deferred tax expense/(benefit) is the result of changes in deferred tax assets 
and liabilities.  The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position claimed on a tax return only if it is more 
likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the 
position.  The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit 
that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  The authoritative standards issued by the FASB also 
provide guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, accounting in interim periods and requires 
increased disclosures.  The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are the Company’s forecast of future taxable income and 
available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets.  Failure to achieve forecasted taxable 
income in applicable tax jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the 
Company’s effective tax rate on future earnings. 

Segment Information — The Company operates one business segment - generic pharmaceuticals; accordingly the Company has one 
reporting segment. The Company aggregates its financial information for all products and reports as one operating segment. The 
following table identifies the Company’s approximate net product sales by medical indication for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, 
2011 and 2010: 

(In thousands) 
Medical Indication 

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 
2011 

2010 

2012 

$

Migraine Headache  ....................................................................  
Glaucoma  ...................................................................................  
Gallstone Prevention  ..................................................................  
Prescription Vitamin  ..................................................................  
Cardiovascular  ...........................................................................  
Thyroid Deficiency  ....................................................................  
Antibiotic  ...................................................................................  
Pain Management  ......................................................................  
Obesity  .......................................................................................  
Other  ..........................................................................................  

$

5,971 
4,252 
5,991 
— 
18,142 
50,849 
6,724 
20,870 
3,755 
6,436 

$ 

8,654 
3,118 
5,370 
1,838 
12,553 
47,051 
6,101 
14,747 
3,164 
4,239 

9,855 
2,025 
2,190 
5,640 
20,996 
52,225 
6,449 
14,129 
3,612 
8,057 

Total  ...........................................................................................  

$

122,990 

$

106,835 

$ 

125,178 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Concentration of Market and Credit Risk — The following table identifies certain of the Company’s products, defined as generics 
containing the same active ingredient or combination of ingredients, which accounted for greater than 10% of net sales for the fiscal 
years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

2012 

2011 

2010 

Product 1  ......................................................................  
Product 2  ......................................................................  

41% 
9% 

44% 
12% 

42%
17%

The following table identifies certain of the Company’s customers which accounted for greater than 10% of net sales for the fiscal 
years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

Customer A  ..................................................................  
Customer B  ..................................................................  
Customer C  ..................................................................  

18% 
12% 
11% 

17% 
6% 
10% 

26%
7%
11%

2012 

2011 

2010 

At June 30, 2012 and 2011, four customers accounted for 66% and 69% of the Company’s accounts receivable balances, respectively.  
Credit terms are offered to customers based on evaluations of the customers’ financial condition.  Generally, collateral is not required 
from customers.  Accounts receivable payment terms vary and are stated in the financial statements at amounts due from customers 
net of an allowance for doubtful accounts.  Accounts remaining outstanding longer than the payment terms are considered past due.  
The Company determines its allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time trade accounts receivable are 
past due, the Company’s previous loss history, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligation to the Company, and the condition 
of the general economy and the industry as a whole.  The Company writes-off accounts receivable when they are determined to have 
become uncollectible. 

Share-based Compensation - Share-based compensation costs are recognized over the vesting period based on the fair value of the 
instrument on the date of grant less an estimate for forfeitures.  The Company uses the Black-Scholes valuation model to determine 
the fair value of stock options and the share price on the grant date to value restricted stock.  The fair value model includes various 
assumptions, including the expected volatility, expected life of the awards, and risk-free interest rates.  These assumptions involve 
inherent uncertainties based on market conditions which are generally outside the Company’s control.  Changes in these assumptions 
could have a material impact on share-based compensation costs recognized in the financial statements. 

Unearned Grant Funds — The Company records all grant funds received as a liability until the Company fulfills all the requirements 
of the grant funding program. 

Note 2.  New Accounting Standards 

In June 2011, the FASB issued authoritative guidance which allows an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, 
the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of 
comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements.  In both options, an entity is required to present each component 
of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive 
income, and a total amount for comprehensive income.  This guidance eliminates the option to present the components of other 
comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity.  This guidance does not change the items that must 
be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income.  This 
authoritative guidance must be applied retrospectively, and is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, 
beginning after December 15, 2011.  In December 2011, the FASB issued an update deferring the effective date for amendments to the 
presentation of reclassifications of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income.  The adoption of this guidance by the 
Company on July 1, 2012 will not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as it only requires a 
change in the format of the current presentation. 

In July 2012, the FASB issued authoritative guidance which allows an entity the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine 
whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is 
impaired.  If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the 
indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, then the entity is not required to take further action.  An entity also has the option to 
bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset in any period and proceed directly to performing the 
quantitative impairment test.  An entity will be able to resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period.  The 
amendments are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Early adoption is permitted, including for annual and interim impairment tests performed as of a date before July 27, 2012, if a public 
entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued or, for nonpublic entities, have not 
yet been made available for issuance.  The Company adopted this guidance effective July 1, 2012.  The adoption of this guidance by 
the Company is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

Note 3.  Inventories 

Inventories at June 30, 2012 and 2011 consist of the following: 

(In thousands) 
Raw Materials  .......................................................................  
Work-in-process  ....................................................................  
Finished Goods  .....................................................................  
Packaging Supplies  ...............................................................  

2012 

2011 

11,351 
4,805 
9,130 
1,778 
27,064 

$

$

11,811 
2,430 
11,637 
1,025 
26,903 

$

$

The preceding amounts are net of excess and obsolete inventory reserves of $1,472 and $3,486 at June 30, 2012 and 2011, 
respectively. 

Recently, the FDA increased its efforts to force companies to file and seek FDA approval for GRASE or Grandfathered products.  
GRASE products are those “old drugs that do not require prior approval from FDA in order to be marketed because they are generally 
recognized as safe and effective based on published scientific literature.”  Similarly, Grandfathered products are those which “entered 
the market before the passage of the 1906 Act, the 1938 Act or the 1962 amendments to the Act.”  Efforts have included issuing 
notices to discontinue marketing certain products to companies currently producing these products.  Lannett currently manufactures 
and markets several products that are considered GRASE or Grandfathered products, including C-Topical Solution, Oxycodone HCl 
Oral Solution and Morphine Sulfate Oral Sulfate prior to its June 2011 approval.  The FDA is currently undertaking activities to force 
all companies who manufacture such products to file applications and seek approval for these types of products or remove them from 
the market. 

Although the Company received FDA approval to begin selling Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution in June 2011, the Company had 
approximately $2,063 of Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution finished goods inventory which was fully reserved as of June 30, 2011 based 
on its expiration dates and subsequently scrapped in the first quarter of fiscal year 2012.  Lannett also has approximately $1,703 and 
$321 of net inventory value of other Grandfathered products at June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, respectively, which would also be at 
risk if the FDA were to pursue enforcement actions on these products similar to their actions on Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution and 
Oxycodone HCl Oral Solution. 

Note 4.  Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment at June 30, 2012 and 2011 consist of the following: 

(In thousands) 
Land  ....................................................................................  
Building and improvements  ................................................  
Machinery and equipment  ...................................................  
Furniture and fixtures  ..........................................................  

Useful Lives 
— 
10 - 39 years   
5 - 10 years 
5 - 7 years 

Less accumulated depreciation  ...........................................  
Property, plant and equipment, net  .....................................  

Note 5.  Fair Value Measures 

2012 

2011 

$ 

1,350 
28,420 
32,322 
1,247 

63,339 
(28,430) 
34,909 

$ 

1,350 
25,476 
26,555 
1,134 

54,515 
(24,586)
29,929 

$

$

The Company follows the authoritative guidance which clarifies the definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring 
fair value, and expands the disclosures on fair value measurements.  Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received 
for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an 
orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.  The authoritative guidance also establishes a fair value 
hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when 
measuring fair value.  Three levels of inputs were established that may be used to measure fair value: 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.  The fair value of the Company’s equity securities 
classified as trading securities in Note 6 below are derived solely from Level 1 inputs. 

Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices for identical 
or similar instruments in markets that are not active; or model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant 
value drivers are observable.  The Company’s Level 2 assets and liabilities primarily include debt securities with quoted prices that are 
traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments, corporate bonds, U.S. government and agency securities and certain 
mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities whose values are determined using pricing models with inputs that are observable in the 
market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.  The fair value of the Company’s available-for-
sale securities in Note 6 below are derived solely from Level 2 inputs. 

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are financial instruments whose values are 
determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the 
determination of fair value requires significant judgment or estimation.  The Company does not have any Level 3 investment securities 
as of June 30, 2012 or June 30, 2011. 

If the inputs used to measure the financial assets and liabilities fall within more than one level described above, the categorization is 
based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument. 

The carrying value of certain financial instruments, primarily cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, 
accrued expenses approximate their estimated fair values based upon the short-term nature of these instruments.  The carrying amount 
of the Company’s debt obligations approximates fair value based on current rates available to the Company on similar debt 
obligations. 

Note 6.  Investment Securities 

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of the Company’s investment securities as of June 30, 2012 and 
June 30, 2011: 

June 30, 2012 

(In thousands) 
Trading 
Equity securities  ...............................................  

Amortized Cost 

Gross Unrealized
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair Value 

$

6,874 

$

157 

$

364  

$

6,667 

(In thousands) 
Available-for-Sale 
Corporate Bonds  ..............................................  

Trading 
Equity securities  ...............................................  

Held-to-Maturity 
Certificates of Deposit  .....................................  

Total Investment Securities  ...........................  

$

$

$

$

June 30, 2011 

Amortized Cost 

Gross Unrealized
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair Value 

179 

$

3 

$

— 

$

182 

7,068 

$

200 

$

68 

$

7,200 

12,000 

19,247 

$

$

— 

203 

$

$

— 

68 

$

$

12,000 

19,382 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The amortized cost and fair value of the Company’s investment securities by contractual maturity at June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011 
are summarized as follows: 

(In thousands) 
Due in one year or less  .....................................  
Due after one year through five years  ..............  
Due after five years through ten years  .............  
Due after ten years  ...........................................  
Total investment securities  ..............................  
Less current portion  .........................................  
Long-term investment securities  ......................  

$

$

June 30, 2012 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

June 30, 2011 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

6,874 
— 
— 
— 
6,874 
6,874 
— 

$

$

6,667 
— 
— 
— 
6,667 
6,667 
— 

$

$

19,247  
— 
— 
— 
19,247 
19,247 
—  

$

$

19,382 
— 
— 
— 
19,382 
19,382 
— 

The Company uses the specific identification method to determine the cost of securities sold.  For fiscal year 2012, the Company had 
losses on investments of $103, of which $236 was realized gains and $339 was unrealized losses, respectively.  For fiscal year 2011, 
the Company had gains on investments of $206, of which $74 was realized and $132 was unrealized gains, respectively.  For fiscal 
year 2010, the Company had realized gains on investments of $2. 

As of June 30, 2011, the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment securities were due in one year or less.  As of June 30, 
2012 and 2011, there were no securities held from a single issuer that represented more than 10% of shareholders’ equity.  As of June 
30, 2012, securities with an aggregate fair value of $3,466 were in an unrealized loss position totaling $364.  As of June 30, 2011, 
securities with an aggregate fair value of $1,918 were in an unrealized loss position totaling $68.  No individual securities were in a 
continuous unrealized loss position for more than 12 months. 

Note 7.  Other Assets 

As of July 24, 2010, Lannett stopped manufacturing and distributing Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution (“MS”).  Lannett filed a 
505(b)(2) New Drug Application (“MS NDA”) in February 2010 and received FDA approval on the submission in June 2011.  The 
filing fee related to this application totaled $1,406 and was initially recorded within other current assets on the consolidated balance 
sheets because part or all of this fee was thought to be refundable.  Lannett met with the FDA in January 2011 to review the status of 
the application.  At that time, the FDA stated that it will need to finalize its Establishment Inspection Report for the February 2011 
inspection of Lannett’s facilities before it could give final approval on the MS NDA.  Additionally, the Company corresponded with 
the FDA in March 2011 regarding whether any of the fee is refundable.  The FDA’s response was that all of the filing fee was not 
refundable, but the Company awaits a final decision from the FDA. 

As of June 30, 2011, the Company received approval on the MS application, but, as of June 30, 2012, it has not received final 
determination on whether any of the fee is refundable.  The Company’s position is that the value related to the part of the fee that is 
not refunded is the cost of getting regulatory approval for its MS product and that this value should be properly recorded as an 
intangible asset based upon approval and amortized over the product’s estimated useful life upon shipment of the product.  The 
revenues and gross profit margins attained by the Company from sales of its MS product currently substantiate its value as an 
intangible asset.  As of June 30, 2012, the Company has restarted shipments of the MS product.  As a result of the FDA approval of 
the MS NDA, an estimate of the nonrefundable amount totaling $398 determined, based upon input from a third party analysis, was 
reclassified to intangible assets upon shipment of the product which commenced in August 2011. 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 8.  Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets, net as of June 30, 2012 and 2011, consist of the following: 

(In thousands) 

Gross Carrying Amount 
2011 
2012 

Accumulated Amortization 

2012 

2011 

Intangible Assets, Net 
2011 
2012 

JSP Marketing and Dist. Rights  ............    $ 
Cody Labs Import License .....................   
Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution NDA ...   
Other ANDA Product Rights(A) ............   

  $ 

16,062  $
582 
398 
600 
17,642  $

16,062  $
582 
— 
600 
17,244  $

(12,939)  $
(154) 
(24) 
(96) 
(13,213)  $

(11,154 )  $ 
(115) 
— 
(65) 
(11,334 )  $ 

3,123  $
428 
374 
504 
4,429  $

4,908 
467 
— 
535 
5,910 

(A)The amounts above include the product line covered by the ANDA’s purchased in August 2009 for $149.  These ANDA’s are not 
being amortized at this time and will continue to be un-amortized intangible assets until such time as the Company begins shipping 
these products. 

The following table summarizes intangible assets, net activity 

(In thousands) 
Balances at July 1, 2010  ..................................................................................  
Additions  .....................................................................................................  
Amortization  ...............................................................................................  
Impairments  ................................................................................................  
Balances at June 30, 2011  ...............................................................................  
Additions  .....................................................................................................  
Amortization  ...............................................................................................  
Impairments  ................................................................................................  
Balances at June 30, 2012  ...............................................................................  

  $

  $

Intangible assets, net 

7,785 
— 
(1,875) 
— 
5,910 
398 
(1,879) 
— 
4,429 

There were no impairments related to intangible assets during fiscal year 2012 and 2011. 

Fiscal Year 2012 Activity 

As of July 2010, Lannett stopped manufacturing and distributing Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution.  Lannett filed a MS NDA in 
February 2010 and received FDA approval on the submission in June 2011.  As of August 2011, the Company has restarted shipments 
of the MS product, but, as of June 30, 2012, it has not received final determination on whether any of the fee is refundable.  As a result 
of the FDA approval of the MS NDA, an estimate of the nonrefundable amount totaling $398 determined, based upon input from a 
third party analysis, was reclassified to intangible assets upon shipment of the product.  Amortization began upon shipment of the 
product and will continue over the product’s estimated 15 year remaining useful life.  Amortization will be adjusted prospectively 
once the nonrefundable amount is finalized. 

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company incurred amortization expense of approximately $1,879, 
$1,875, and $1,833, respectively. 

Future annual amortization expense consists of the following: 

(In thousands) 
Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 
2013  .........................................................................................................  
2014  .........................................................................................................  
2015  .........................................................................................................  
2016  .........................................................................................................  
2017  .........................................................................................................  
Thereafter  .................................................................................................  

  Annual Amortization Expense 

$

$

1,882 
1,435 
97 
97 
97 
672 
4,280 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The amounts above do not include the product line covered by the ANDA’s purchased in August 2009 for $149, as amortization will 
begin when the Company starts shipping these products. 

Note 9.  Unearned Grant Funds 

In July 2004, the Company received $500 of grant funding from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, acting through the Department 
of Community and Economic Development.  The grant funding program required the Company to use the funds for machinery and 
equipment located at their Pennsylvania locations, hire an additional 100 full-time employees by June 30, 2006, operate its 
Pennsylvania locations a minimum of five years and meet certain matching investment requirements.  If the Company failed to 
comply with any of the requirements above, the Company would be liable to repay the full amount of the grant funding.  The 
Company has recorded the unearned grant funds as a liability until the Company complies with all of the requirements of the grant 
funding program. As of June 30, 2011, the Company reached a formal agreement with the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania which 
determined that the Company will be required to repay $90 of the funds provided under the grant funding program.  Therefore, during 
the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011, the Company recorded $410 of the grant funds as Grant Income. 

Note 10.  Bank Line of Credit 

The Company has a $3,000 line of credit from Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) that was scheduled to expire on March 31, 
2012.  The line of credit was renewed and extended until April 30, 2013 and bears interest of 1-month LIBOR Market Index Rate plus 
2.00%.  The interest rate at June 30, 2012 and 2011 was 2.25% and 3.00%.  Availability under the line of credit is reduced by 
outstanding letters of credit totaling $5 at June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011.  As of June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, the Company had 
$2,995 of availability under the line of credit.  The availability fee on the unused balance of the line of credit is 0.375%.  The line of 
credit is collateralized by the working capital assets of the Company.  As of June 30, 2012, the Company was in compliance with the 
financial covenants under the agreement. 

Note 11.  Long-Term Debt 

Long-term debt consists of the following: 

(In thousands) 
Pennsylvania Industrial Development Authority loan  ............................................................  
Tax-exempt bond loan (PAID)  ...............................................................................................  
Wells Fargo N.A. Townsend Road mortgage  .........................................................................  
PIDA Townsend Road mortgage  ............................................................................................  
First National Bank of Cody mortgage  ...................................................................................  

$ 

Total debt  ................................................................................................................................  
Less current portion  ................................................................................................................  

June 30, 
2012 

June 30, 
2011 

$

777  
290 
2,818 
1,899 
1,377 

7,161 
648 

857 
425 
3,022 
2,000 
1,518 

7,822 
629 

7,193 

Long term debt  ........................................................................................................................  

$ 

6,513  

$

Current Portion of Long Term Debt 

Pennsylvania Industrial Development Authority loan  ............................................................  
Tax-exempt bond loan (PAID)  ...............................................................................................  
Wells Fargo N.A. Townsend Road mortgage  .........................................................................  
PIDA Townsend Road mortgage  ............................................................................................  
First National Bank of Cody mortgage  ...................................................................................  

June 30, 
2011 

$

June 30, 
2012 

$ 

81  
140 
204 
105 
118 

Total current portion of long term debt  ...................................................................................  

$ 

648  

$

79 
135 
204 
101 
110 

629 

The Company financed $1,250 through the Pennsylvania Industrial Development Authority (PIDA).  The Company is required to 
make equal payments each month for 180 months starting February 1, 2006 with interest of 2.75% per annum. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In April 1999, the Company entered into a loan agreement (the “Agreement”) with a governmental authority, the Philadelphia 
Authority for Industrial Development (the “Authority” or “PAID”), to finance future construction and growth projects of the 
Company. The Authority issued $3,700 in tax-exempt variable rate demand and fixed rate revenue bonds to provide the funds to 
finance such growth projects pursuant to a trust indenture (“the Trust Indenture”).  A portion of the Company’s proceeds from the 
bonds was used to pay for bond issuance costs of approximately $170.  The Trust Indenture requires that the Company repay the 
Authority loan through installment payments beginning in May 2003 and continuing through May 2014, the year the bonds mature. 
The bonds bear interest at the floating variable rate determined by the organization responsible for selling the bonds (the “remarketing 
agent”).  The interest rate fluctuates on a weekly basis.  The effective interest rate at June 30, 2012 and 2011 was 0.38% and 0.40%, 
respectively. 

During the third and fourth quarters of Fiscal 2011, the Company negotiated a set of mortgages on its Townsend Road facility with 
both Wells Fargo and the PIDA.  The Wells Fargo portion of the loan is for $3,056, bears a floating interest rate of the 1 Month 
LIBOR rate plus 2.95%, amortizes over a 15 year term and has an 8 year maturity date.  The effective interest rate at June 30, 2012 
and 2011 was 3.20% and 3.14%, respectively.  The PIDA portion of the loan is for $2,000, bears an interest rate of 3.75% and matures 
in 15 years.  Both loans closed and were funded in May 2011.  As of June 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company was in compliance with 
the new financial covenants under the agreements. 

The Company has executed Security Agreements with Wells Fargo, PIDA and PIDC in which the Company has agreed to pledge its 
working capital, some equipment and its Townsend Road property to collateralize the amounts due. 

The Company is the primary beneficiary to a variable interest entity (“VIE”) called Cody LCI Realty, LLC.  See Note 12, 
Consolidation of Variable Interest Entity for additional description.  The VIE owns land and a building which is being leased to Cody.  
A mortgage loan with First National Bank of Cody has been consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, along with the 
related land and building.  The mortgage requires monthly principal and interest payments of $15.  Effective February 2011, the 
interest rate was modified from a fixed rate of 7.5% to a floating rate with a floor of 4.5% and a ceiling of 9.0%, with payments to be 
made through April 2022.  As of June 30, 2012, the effective rate was 4.5%.  The mortgage is collateralized by the land and building. 

Long-term debt amounts are due as follows: 

(In thousands) 
Fiscal Year Ending 
June 30, 

2013  .................................................................................................................................  
2014  .................................................................................................................................  
2015  .................................................................................................................................  
2016  .................................................................................................................................  
2017  .................................................................................................................................  
Thereafter  .........................................................................................................................  

  Amounts Payable 

to Institutions 

$

$

648 
670 
532 
545 
558 
4,208 

7,161 

Note 12. Consolidation of Variable Interest Entity 

Lannett consolidates any Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) of which it is the primary beneficiary.  The liabilities recognized as a result 
of consolidating a VIE do not represent additional claims on the Company’s general assets rather, they represent claims against the 
specific assets of the consolidated VIE. Conversely, assets recognized as a result of consolidating a VIE do not represent additional 
assets that could be used to satisfy claims against our general assets.  Reflected in each of the June 30, 2012 and 2011 balance sheets 
are consolidated VIE assets of approximately $1,757 and $1,803, respectively, which are comprised mainly of land and a building.  
VIE liabilities consist primarily of a mortgage on that property in the amount of $1,377 and $1,518 at June 30, 2012 and 2011, 
respectively. 

Cody LCI Realty LLC (“Realty”) is the only VIE that is consolidated.  Realty had been consolidated by Cody prior to its acquisition 
by Lannett.  Realty is a 50/50 joint venture with an officer of Cody Labs.  Its purpose was to acquire the facility used by Cody.  Until 
the acquisition of Cody in April 2007, Lannett had not consolidated the VIE because Cody had been the primary beneficiary of the 
VIE.  Risk associated with our interests in this VIE is limited to a decline in the value of the land and building as compared to the 
balance of the mortgage note on that property, up to Lannett’s 50% share of the venture.  Realty owns the land and building, and Cody 
leases the building and property from Realty for $20 per month.  All intercompany rent expense is eliminated upon consolidation with 
Cody.  The Company is not involved in any other VIE. 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 13.  Contingencies 

In January 2010, the Company initiated an arbitration proceeding against Olive Healthcare (“Olive”) for damages arising out of 
Olive’s delivery of defective soft-gel prenatal vitamin capsules.  The Company sought damages in excess of $3,500. Olive denied 
liability and filed a counterclaim in February 2010 for breach of contract.  Olive also filed a lawsuit against the Company in Daman, 
India seeking to enjoin the United States arbitration and claiming damages of approximately $6,800 for compensatory damages and an 
additional approximately $6,800 for loss of business.  The Company engaged Indian counsel and actively defended that suit.  The 
parties reached a settlement agreement which was signed and executed on August 13, 2012.  The agreement is favorable to Lannett 
and includes the dismissal with prejudice of all legal proceedings between the Company and Olive in the U.S. and India. 

Note 14.  Commitments 

Leases 

Lannett’s subsidiary, Cody leases a 73 square foot facility in Cody, Wyoming.  This location houses Cody’s manufacturing and 
production facilities.  Cody leases the facility from Cody LCI Realty, LLC, a Wyoming limited liability company which is 50% 
owned by Lannett.  See Note 12. 

Rental and lease expense for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $89, $93, and $156, respectively. 

Employment Agreements 

The Company has entered into employment agreements with Arthur P. Bedrosian, President and Chief Executive Officer, Martin P. 
Galvan, Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer, Kevin R. Smith, Vice President of Sales and Marketing, William F. 
Schreck, Chief Operating Officer, Ernest J. Sabo, Vice President of Regulatory Affairs and Chief Compliance Officer and Robert 
Ehlinger, Vice President of Logistics and Chief Information Officer.  Each of the agreements provide for an annual base salary and 
eligibility to receive a bonus.  The salary and bonus amounts of these executives are determined by the review and approval of the 
Compensation Committee in accordance with the Committee’s Charter as approved by the Board of Directors.  Additionally, these 
executives are eligible to receive stock options and restricted stock awards, which are granted at the discretion of the Compensation 
Committee in accordance with the Committee’s Charter as approved by the Board of Directors and in accordance with the Company’s 
policies regarding stock option and restricted stock grants.  Under the agreements, these executive employees may be terminated at 
any time with or without cause, or by reason of death or disability.  In certain termination situations, the Company is liable to pay 
severance compensation to these executives of between 18 months and three years. 

Effective August 1, 2011, Keith R. Ruck, the former Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, separated 
his employment from the Company.  Mr. Ruck entered into a Separation Agreement and Release with the Company dated August 1, 
2011, pursuant to which he received seven months base salary totaling $111, transition services payments totaling $41, medical 
benefits and vesting of outstanding options and previously awarded restricted stock grants. 

Fiscal 2010 Bonus 

The Company accrued approximately $4,812 of incentive compensation costs at June 30, 2010, of which approximately $3,421 was 
paid in cash during the first quarter of Fiscal 2011.  The remaining $1,391 was expected to be paid in unrestricted shares of Company 
stock, and which shares were expected to vest immediately upon grant.  These shares were only to be granted upon the timely 
approval by the FDA of Lannett’s 505(b)(2) New Drug Application to manufacture and distribute its Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution 
product.  The determination of the actual payment of this portion of the bonus was at the discretion of the CEO, dependent on the 
timing of the approval and the financial results of the Company dictated by the events surrounding the approval.  At the January 2011 
meeting with the FDA regarding the status of the MS NDA, the FDA stated that it will need to inspect Lannett’s facilities as part of a 
Pre-Approval Inspection before it could give final approval on the MS NDA.  Due to the amount of time the Company believed it 
would take to complete this inspection and receive approval on the MS NDA and the resulting impact to the value of the Morphine 
Sulfate inventory and the related expiration dates, the CEO has determined that the adverse financial results surrounding the MS NDA 
approval necessitated cancellation of the remaining Fiscal 2010 bonus.  Therefore, the Company reversed the entire $1,391 remaining 
bonus accrual during the quarter ended December 31, 2010. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 15.  Common Stock Offering 

The Company completed a secondary offering of its common stock in December 2010.  The initial offering of 2,500 shares was 
completed on December 17, 2010 and an over-allotment of 750 shares was exercised and closed on December 28, 2010.  Net proceeds 
of the combined offerings were approximately $14,950 after deducting underwriting, legal and accounting fees. 

Note 16.  Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The Company’s other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities classified as 
available-for-sale as well as foreign currency translation adjustments.  There is no other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to 
the noncontrolling interest.  The components of comprehensive income (loss) and related taxes consisted of the following as of June 
30, 2012, 2011 and 2010: 

(In thousands) 

2012 

For Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 
2011 

2010 

Net Income (Loss) ......................................................................  

$

4,018 

$

(240)  $ 

8,008 

Foreign currency translation adjustments  ..................................  
Unrealized holding loss on securities  .........................................  
Tax effect  ...................................................................................  

Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax ...............  

(85) 
(3) 
1 

(87) 

(12) 
(15) 
6 

(21) 

34 
(23)
9 

20 

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)  .........................................  

3,931 

(261) 

8,028 

Less: Total Comprehensive Income attributable to  

noncontrolling interest  ...........................................................  

(70) 

(37) 

(187)

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss) attributable to Lannett 

Company Inc.  .........................................................................  

$

3,861 

$

(298)  $ 

7,841 

Note 17.  Earnings Per Common Share 

A dual presentation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share is required on the face of the Company’s consolidated statement of 
operations as well as a reconciliation of the computation of basic earnings (loss) per share to diluted earnings (loss) per share.  Basic 
earnings (loss) per share excludes the dilutive impact of common stock equivalents and is computed by dividing net income (loss) by 
the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.  Diluted earnings per share include the effect of 
potential dilution from the exercise of outstanding common stock equivalents into common stock using the treasury stock method. 
Dilutive shares have been excluded in the weighted average shares used for the calculation of earnings (loss) per share in periods of 
net loss because the effect of such securities would be anti-dilutive.  A reconciliation of the Company’s basic and diluted earnings 
(loss) per share follows: 

(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

2012 

For Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 
2011 

2010 

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Lannett common shareholders ....  

$

3,948 

$

(277 )  $

7,821 

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding (Basic)  ................  
Effect of potentially dilutive options and restricted stock awards .....  
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding (Diluted)  .............  

28,263,335 
145,097 
28,408,432 

26,758,552 
— 
26,758,552 

24,743,902 
455,471 
25,199,373 

Basic earnings (loss) per share  ..........................................................  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share  .......................................................  

$
$

0.14 
0.14 

$
$

(0.01 )  $
(0.01 )  $

0.32 
0.31 

The number of anti-dilutive shares that have been excluded in the computation of diluted earnings per share for the fiscal years ended 
June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were 2,321, 2,100, and 1,281, respectively. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 18.  Share-based Compensation 

At June 30, 2012, the Company had four share-based employee compensation plans (the “Old Plan,” the “2003 Plan,” the 2006 Long-
term Incentive Plan, or “2006 LTIP” and the 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan or “2011 LTIP”). 

At June 30, 2012, there were 2,747 options outstanding.  Of those, 1,630 were options issued under the 2006 LTIP, 912 were issued 
under the 2003 Plan, and 205 under the Old Plan.  There are no further shares authorized to be issued under the Old Plan.  1,125 shares 
were authorized to be issued under the 2003 Plan, with 59 shares under options having already been exercised under that plan since its 
inception, leaving a balance of 154 shares in that plan for future issuances.  2,500 shares were authorized to be issued under the 2006 
LTIP, with 166 shares under options having already been exercised under that plan since its inception.  At June 30, 2012, there were 
74 nonvested restricted shares outstanding which were issued under the 2006 LTIP, with 600 shares having already vested under that 
plan since its inception.  At June 30, 2012, a balance of 30 shares is available in the 2006 LTIP for future issuances. 

In January 2011, the shareholders of the Company approved a new stock option and restricted stock award plan, the 2011 LTIP, which 
authorized 1,500 new shares of common stock for future issuances under this plan.  As of June 30, 2012, no shares have been issued 
under this plan. 

The following tables presents all share-based compensation costs recognized in our statements of income, substantially all of which is 
reflected in the selling, general and administrative expense line: 

(In thousands) 
Share based compensation 

2012 

Twelve months ended June 30, 
2011 

2010 

Stock options  ........................................................................................  
Employee stock purchase plan  .............................................................  
Restricted stock  ....................................................................................  
Tax benefit at statutory rate  .....................................................................  

$
$
$
$

1,436 
57 
669 
138 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

1,013  
57  
754  
88  

$
$
$
$

1,173 
53 
812 
80 

Stock Options 

The Company measures share-based compensation cost for options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The following 
table presents the weighted average assumptions used to estimate fair values of the stock options granted during the years ended June 
30 and the estimated annual forfeiture rates used to recognize the associated compensation expense: 

Incentive 
Stock 
Options 
FY 2012 

Non- 
qualified 
Stock 
Options 
FY 2012 

Incentive 
Stock 
Options 
FY 2011 

Non- 
qualified 
Stock 
Options 
FY 2011 

Incentive 
Stock 
Options 
FY 2010 

Non- 
qualified 
Stock 
Options 
FY 2010 

Risk-free interest rate  ..............   
Expected volatility  ..................   
Expected dividend yield  ..........   
Forfeiture rate  .........................   
Expected term (in years)  .........   
Weighted average fair value  ...    $ 

1.09% 
63.5% 
0.0% 
7.5% 

1.04%
63.7%
0.0%
7.5%

1.74%
61%
0.0%
7.5%

5.2 years 

5.2 years 

6.0 years 

2.03   $

2.00  $

3.03  $

—% 
—% 
—% 
—% 
n/a 
—   $ 

2.44%
67%
0.0%
5.0%

2.43%
67%
0.0%
5.0%

5.0 years 

3.98  $

5.0 years 
4.00 

Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the price of our common shares during the historical period equal to the 
expected term of the option.  We use historical information to estimate expected term within the valuation model.  The expected term 
of awards represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.  The risk-free rate for periods within the 
expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.  Compensation cost is recognized 
using a straight-line method over the vesting or service period and is net of estimated forfeitures. 

The forfeiture rate assumption is the estimated annual rate at which unvested awards are expected to be forfeited during the vesting 
period. This assumption is based on our historical forfeiture rate. Periodically, management will assess whether it is necessary to 
adjust the estimated rate to reflect changes in actual forfeitures or changes in expectations. 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Options outstanding that have vested and are expected to vest as of June 30, 2012 are as follows: 

(In thousands, except weighted average price and life data) 
Options vested  .......................................................  
Options expected to vest  .......................................  
Total vested and expected to vest  .........................  

Awards 

1,724 
947 
2,671 

$
$
$

Options with a fair value of approximately $1,013 vested during fiscal 2012. 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

7.69 
4.32 
6.50 

$
$
$

226 
458 
684 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (yrs.) 

4.42 
8.82 
5.98 

A summary of stock option award activity under the Plans as of June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and changes during the years then 
ended, is presented below: 

(In thousands, except for weighted average price and life data) 

  Awards

Price 

  Weighted-
  Average 
  Exercise 

  Weighted 
  Average 
  Aggregate   Remaining
  Contractual
  Life (yrs.) 

Intrinsic
Value 

  Weighted- 
  Average 
  Exercise 

  Awards 

Price 

  Weighted 
  Average 
  Aggregate   Remaining
  Contractual
  Life (yrs.) 

Intrinsic
Value 

Incentive Stock Options 

Nonqualified Stock Options 

Outstanding at July 1, 2011  ...............................................................  
Granted  ...............................................................................................  
Exercised  ............................................................................................  
Forfeited, expired or repurchased  ......................................................  
Outstanding at June 30, 2012  .............................................................  

1,196 
725 

$
$
(8)  $
(43)  $
$

1,870 

Outstanding at June 30, 2012 and not yet vested  ...............................  
Exercisable at June 30, 2012  ..............................................................  

878 
992 

$
$

6.19 
3.74 
3.21 
5.59 
5.27 

4.29 
6.13 

$

$
$
$

$
$

7 

593 

424 
169 

750 
127 
— 
— 
877 

145 
732 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

9.77  
3.72  
— 
— 
8.89  

4.25  
9.81  

$

$
$

— 

133 

76 
57 

6.9 

8.8 
5.2 

4.3 

8.8 
3.4 

(In thousands, except for weighted average price and life data) 

  Awards

Incentive Stock Options 

  Weighted-
  Average
  Exercise
Price 

  Weighted 
  Average 
  Aggregate   Remaining
  Contractual
  Life (yrs.) 

Intrinsic
Value 

Nonqualified Stock Options 

  Weighted- 
  Average 
  Exercise 

  Awards

Price 

  Weighted 
  Average 
  Aggregate   Remaining
  Contractual
  Life (yrs.)

Intrinsic
Value 

Outstanding at July 1, 2010  ..............................................................   
Granted  ..............................................................................................   
Exercised  ...........................................................................................   
Forfeited, expired or repurchased  .....................................................   
Outstanding at June 30, 2011  ............................................................   

$
1,309 
2 
$
(73)  $
(42)  $
$

1,196 

Outstanding at June 30, 2011 and not yet vested  ..............................   
Exercisable at June 30, 2011  .............................................................   

397 
799 

$
$

6.11 
5.35 
3.87 
7.71 
6.19 

6.46 
6.06 

$

$

$
$

144 

453 

94 
359 

750 
— 
— 
— 
750 

76 
674 

$ 

9.77 

— 

— 

9.77 

$ 

143 

6.99 
10.08 

$ 
$ 

— 
143 

$ 

$ 
$ 

6.5 

8.2 
5.7 

4.5 

8.3 
4.0 

(In thousands, except for weighted average price and life data) 

  Awards

Price 

  Weighted-
  Average 
  Exercise 

  Weighted 
  Average 
  Aggregate   Remaining
  Contractual
  Life (yrs.) 

Intrinsic
Value 

  Weighted- 
  Average 
  Exercise 

  Awards 

Price 

  Weighted 
  Average 
  Aggregate   Remaining
  Contractual
  Life (yrs.) 

Intrinsic
Value 

Incentive Stock Options 

Nonqualified Stock Options 

Outstanding at July 1, 2009  .............................................................    
Granted  .............................................................................................    
Exercised  ..........................................................................................    
Forfeited, expired or repurchased  ....................................................    
Outstanding at June 30, 2010  ...........................................................    

$
959 
507 
$
(112)  $
(45)  $
$

1,309 

Outstanding at June 30, 2010 and not yet vested  .............................    
Exercisable at June 30, 2010  ............................................................    

721 
588 

$
$

5.60 
6.96 
4.46 
8.75 
6.11 

6.07 
6.16 

$

$

$
$

299 

350 

180 
170 

$ 
627 
153 
$ 
(14)  $ 
(16)  $ 
$ 
750 

10.52  
6.99  
4.97  
16.67  
9.77  

196 
554 

$ 
$ 

6.20  
11.03  

$

$

$
$

57 

89 

49 
40 

7.5 

8.9 
5.9 

5.5 

9.0 
4.2 

The Company issues new shares when stock options are exercised. 

Restricted Stock 

The Company measures restricted stock compensation costs based on the share price at the grant date less an estimate for forfeitures.  
The forfeiture rate used to calculate compensation expense was 7.5% for fiscal year 2012, 7.5% for fiscal year 2011 and 5.0% for 
fiscal year 2010. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of nonvested restricted stock awards as of June 30, 2012, 2011, and 2010 and changes during the fiscal years then ended, 
is presented below: 

(In thousands) 

Nonvested at June 30, 2009  ............................................................  
Granted  ...........................................................................................  
Vested  .............................................................................................  
Forfeited  ..........................................................................................  
Nonvested at June 30, 2010  ............................................................  
Granted  ...........................................................................................  
Vested  .............................................................................................  
Forfeited  ..........................................................................................  
Nonvested at June 30, 2011  ............................................................  
Granted  ...........................................................................................  
Vested  .............................................................................................  
Forfeited  ..........................................................................................  
Nonvested at June 30, 2012  ............................................................  

Awards 

Weighted 
Average Grant - 
date Fair Value 

77 
399 
(197) 
(9) 
270 
32 
(144) 
(3) 
155 
35 
(113) 
(3) 
74 

$

$

311 
2,697 
(1,192) 
(37) 
1,779 
182 
(862) 
(23) 
1,076 
127 
(665) 
(23) 
515 

The Company issues share-based compensation awards with a vesting period ranging up to 3 years and a maximum contractual term 
of 10 years.  As of June 30, 2012, there was approximately $1,418 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested 
share-based compensation awards granted under the Plans.  That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 
1.6 years. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

In February 2003, the Company’s shareholders approved an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”).  Employees eligible to 
participate in the ESPP may purchase shares of the Company’s stock at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock 
on the first day of the calendar quarter, or the last day of the calendar quarter.  Under the ESPP, employees can authorize the Company 
to withhold up to 10% of their compensation during any quarterly offering period, subject to certain limitations.  The ESPP was 
implemented on April 1, 2003 and is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.  The Board of Directors authorized an 
aggregate total of 1,125 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance under the ESPP.  During Fiscal 2012 and 2011, 69 
shares and 55 shares were issued under the ESPP, respectively.  As of June 30, 2012, 339 total cumulative shares have been issued 
under the ESPP. 

Note 19.  Employee Benefit Plan 

The Company has a defined contribution 401k plan (the “Plan”) covering substantially all employees.  Pursuant to the Plan provisions, 
the Company is required to make matching contributions equal to 50% of each employee’s contribution, but not to exceed 4% of the 
employee’s compensation for the Plan year.  Contributions to the Plan during the years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were 
approximately $426, $393, and $395, respectively. 

Note 20.  Income Taxes 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following for the fiscal years ended June 30: 

(In thousands) 

Current Income Taxes 

Federal  ...................................................................................  
State and Local Taxes  ............................................................  
Total  ...................................................................................  

Deferred Income Taxes 

Federal  ...................................................................................  
State and Local Taxes  ............................................................  
Total  ...................................................................................  
Total  ...............................................................................  

2012 

2011 

2010 

1,513 
5 
1,518 

828 
254 
1,082 
2,600 

$

$

(3,179)  $ 
(132) 
(3,311) 

2,617 
233 
2,850 
(461)  $ 

4,056 
575 
4,631 

(796)
978 
182 
4,813 

$

$

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation of the differences between the effective rates and federal statutory rates is as follows: 

Federal income tax at statutory rate  ..................  
State and local income tax, net ..........................  
Nondeductible expenses  ....................................  
Change in valuation allowance  .........................  
Income tax credits  .............................................  
Change in tax laws  ............................................  
Change in state nexus position  ..........................  
Other  .................................................................  
Effective income tax rate  ..................................  

2012 

2011 

2010 

34.0% 
2.6% 
5.7% 
2.0% 
(3.6)%
—% 
—% 
(1.4)%
39.3% 

34.0% 
0.2% 
(35.1)%
2.7% 
83.3% 
—% 
(24.0)%
4.7% 
65.8% 

34.0% 
3.7% 
2.1% 
(0.6)% 
(8.2)% 
5.0% 
—% 
1.5% 
37.5% 

The principal types of differences between assets and liabilities for financial statement and tax return purposes are accruals, reserves, 
impairment of intangibles, accumulated amortization, accumulated depreciation and stock compensation expense.  A deferred tax asset 
is recorded for the future benefits created by the timing of accruals and reserves and the application of different amortization lives for 
financial statement and tax return purposes.  A deferred tax asset valuation allowance was established based on the likelihood that it is 
more likely than not that the Company will be unable to realize certain of the deferred tax assets.  A deferred tax liability is recorded 
for the future liability created by different depreciation methods for financial statement and tax return purposes. 

As of June 30, 2012 and 2011, temporary differences which give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows: 

(In thousands) 
Deferred tax assets: 

2012 

2011 

Accrued expenses ................................................................................................................  
Share-based compensation expense  ....................................................................................  
Unearned grant funds  ..........................................................................................................  
Reserve for returns  ..............................................................................................................  
Reserves for accounts receivable and inventory  .................................................................  
Intangible impairment  .........................................................................................................  
State net operating loss  .......................................................................................................  
Federal net operating loss  ...................................................................................................  
Impairment on Cody note receivable  ..................................................................................  
Accumulated amortization on intangible asset  ....................................................................  
Foreign net operating loss  ...................................................................................................  
Other  ...................................................................................................................................  

$ 

Total deferred tax asset  ...........................................................................................................  
Valuation allowance ................................................................................................................  
Total  ................................................................................................................................  

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Prepaid expenses  .................................................................................................................  
Property, plant and equipment  ............................................................................................  
Other  ...................................................................................................................................  

$

74  
1,088 
— 
2,049 
3,259 
7,956 
100 
967 
1,998 
2,238 
114 
133 

19,976 
(2,112) 
17,864 

63 
3,899 
— 

182 
959 
33 
1,901 
3,173 
9,090 
208 
1,093 
1,997 
2,117 
35 
— 

20,788 
(2,032)
18,756 

60 
3,637 
75 

Net deferred tax asset  ..............................................................................................................  

$ 

13,902  

$

14,984 

On April 10, 2007, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement to acquire Cody by purchasing all of the remaining shares 
of common stock of Cody.  As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded deferred tax assets related to Cody’s federal net 
operation loss (NOL) carry forwards totaling approximately $3,774 at the date of acquisition with $1,902 expiring in 2026 and $1,872 
in 2027.  At June 30, 2012, the remaining gross deferred tax asset is $2,844.  The income tax benefit associated with the NOL carry 
forwards has been recognized in accordance with Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. 

The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position claimed on a tax return only if it is more likely than not 
that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position.  The tax 
benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater 
than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The authoritative standards issued by the FASB also provide guidance 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
on de-recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, 
accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and income tax disclosures. 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits (exclusive of interest and penalties) is as 
follows: 

(In thousands) 
Balance at June 30, 2010  ................................................................................................................  
Additions for tax positions of the current year  ................................................................................  
Additions for tax positions of prior years  .......................................................................................  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years  .....................................................................................  
Settlements  ......................................................................................................................................  
Lapse of statute of limitations  .........................................................................................................  
Balance at June 30, 2011  ................................................................................................................  

Additions for tax positions of the current year  ................................................................................  
Additions for tax positions of prior years  .......................................................................................  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years  .....................................................................................  
Settlements  ......................................................................................................................................  
Lapse of statute of limitations  .........................................................................................................  
Balance at June 30, 2012  ................................................................................................................  

$ 

$ 

$ 

399 
40 
51 
— 
(264)
(17)
209 

24 
47 
— 
— 
— 
280 

As of June 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company reported total unrecognized benefits of $280 and $209, respectively.  As a result of the 
positions taken during the period, the Company has not recorded any interest and penalties for the period ended June 30, 2012 in the 
statement of operations and no cumulative interest and penalties have been recorded either in the Company’s statement of financial 
position as of June 30, 2012 and 2011.  The Company will recognize interest accrued on unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense 
and any related penalties in operating expenses.  The Company does not believe that the total unrecognized tax benefits will 
significantly increase or decrease in the next twelve months. 

The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction, Pennsylvania, New Jersey and California.  The 
Company’s tax returns for Fiscal 2008 and prior generally are no longer subject to review as such years generally are closed.  The 
Company believes that an unfavorable resolution for open tax years would not be material to the financial position of the Company. 

Note 21.  Related Party Transactions 

The Company had sales of approximately $757, $876, and $679 during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, 
respectively, to a generic distributor, Auburn Pharmaceutical Company (“Auburn”).  Jeffrey Farber (the “related party”), Chairman of 
the Board and the son of William Farber, Chairman Emeritus of the Board of Directors and principal shareholder of the Company, is 
the owner of Auburn.  Accounts receivable includes amounts due from the related party of approximately $234 and $259 at June 30, 
2012 and 2011, respectively.  In the Company’s opinion, the terms of these transactions were not more favorable to the related party 
than would have been to a non-related party. 

In January 2005, Lannett Holdings, Inc. entered into an agreement in which the Company purchased for $100 and future royalty 
payments the proprietary rights to manufacture and distribute a product for which Pharmeral, Inc. (“Pharmeral”) owned the ANDA.  
In Fiscal 2008, the Company obtained FDA approval to use the proprietary rights.  Arthur P. Bedrosian, President and Chief Executive 
Officer of the Company, Inc. currently owns 100% of Pharmeral.  This transaction was approved by the Board of Directors of the 
Company and in their opinion the terms were not more favorable to the related party than they would have been to a non-related party.  
In May 2008, Mr. Bedrosian and Pharmeral waived their rights to any royalty payments on the sales of the drug by Lannett under 
Lannett’s current ownership structure.  Should Lannett undergo a change in control where a third party is involved, this royalty would 
be reinstated.  The registered trademark OB-Natal® was transferred to Lannett for one dollar from Mr. Bedrosian. 

Lannett Company, Inc. paid a management consultant, who is related to Mr. Bedrosian, $105 in fees and $24 in reimbursable expenses 
during Fiscal 2012 and $135 in fees and $19 in reimbursable expenses during Fiscal 2011.  This consultant provided management, 
construction planning, laboratory set up and administrative services in regards to the Company’s initial set up of its bio-study 
laboratory in a foreign country.  It is expected that this consultant will continue to be utilized into fiscal year 2013.  In the Company’s 
opinion, the fee rates paid to this consultant and the expenses reimbursed to him were not more favorable than what would have been 
paid to a non-related party. 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 22.  Material Contracts with Suppliers 

Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals agreement: 

The Company’s primary finished product inventory supplier is Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“JSP”), in Bohemia, New York.  
Purchases of finished goods inventory from JSP accounted for approximately 64%, 64% and 77% of the Company’s inventory 
purchases in fiscal year 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  On March 23, 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with JSP for 
the exclusive distribution rights in the United States to the current line of JSP products, in exchange for 4,000 shares of the Company’s 
common stock.  The JSP products covered under the agreement included Butalbital, Aspirin, Caffeine with Codeine Phosphate 
Capsules, Digoxin Tablets and Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, sold generically and under the brand name Unithroid®.  The term of 
the agreement is ten years, beginning on March 23, 2004 and continuing through March 22, 2014.  Both Lannett and JSP have the 
right to terminate the contract if one of the parties does not cure a material breach of the contract within thirty (30) days of notice from 
the non-breaching party. 

During the term of the agreement, the Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to purchase minimum dollar 
quantities of JSP’s products being distributed by the Company.  The minimum quantity to be purchased in the first year of the 
agreement is $15,000.  Thereafter, the minimum quantity to be purchased increases by $1,000 per year up to $24,000 for the last year 
of the ten-year contract.  The Company has met the minimum purchase requirement for the first eight years of the contract, but there is 
no guarantee that the Company will be able to continue to do so in the future.  If the Company does not meet the minimum purchase 
requirements, JSP’s sole remedy is to terminate the agreement. 

Under the agreement, JSP is entitled to nominate one person to serve on the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) provided, 
however, that the Board shall have the right to reasonably approve any such nominee in order to fulfill its fiduciary duty by 
ascertaining that such person is suitable for membership on the board of a publicly traded corporation. Suitability is determined by, but 
not limited to, the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the NYSE MKT, and other applicable laws, including 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  As of June 30, 2012, JSP has not exercised the nomination provision of the agreement. 

The Company’s financial condition, as well as its liquidity resources, is very dependent on an uninterrupted supply of product from 
JSP.  Should there be an interruption in the supply of product from JSP for any reason, this event would have a material impact to the 
financial condition of Lannett. 

Note 23. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) 

Lannett’s quarterly consolidated results of operations are shown below: 

(In thousands) 
Fiscal 2012  
Net Sales  ...................................................................  
Cost of Goods Sold  ...................................................  
Gross Profit  ...........................................................  
Other Operating Expenses  ........................................  
Operating Income  .....................................................  
Other Income (Expense)  ...........................................  
Income Tax Expense  .................................................  
Less net income attributable to noncontrolling  

interest  ...................................................................  
Net Income — Lannett Company, Inc.  .....................  
Earnings Per Share — Lannett Company, Inc.  .........  
Basic  .................................................................  
Diluted  ..............................................................  

$

$

$
$

Fourth 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

First 
Quarter 

35,690 
23,677 
12,013 
9,407 
2,606 
(362) 
812 

(17) 
1,415 

0.05 
0.05 

$

$

$
$

$ 

30,688 
19,797 
10,891 
8,527 
2,364 
427 
1,057 

(16) 
1,718 

0.06 
0.06 

$ 

$ 
$ 

27,734  
20,307 
7,427 
6,932 
495 
654 
519 

(21) 
609  

0.02  
0.02  

$

$

$
$

28,878 
20,262 
8,616 
7,171 
1,445 
(1,011)
212 

(16)
206 

0.01 
0.01 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands) 
Fiscal 2011  
Net Sales  ...................................................................  
Cost of Goods Sold  ...................................................  
Gross Profit  ...........................................................  
Other Operating Expenses  ........................................  
Operating Income (Loss)  ..........................................  
Other Income (Expense)  ...........................................  
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)  .................................  
Less net income attributable to noncontrolling  

interest  ...................................................................  
Net Income (loss) — Lannett Company, Inc.  ...........  
Earnings (loss) Per Share — Lannett Company, Inc.   
Basic  .................................................................  
Diluted  ..............................................................  

(In thousands) 
Fiscal 2010  
Net Sales  ...................................................................  
Cost of Goods Sold  ...................................................  
Gross Profit  ...........................................................  
Other Operating Expenses  ........................................  
Operating Income  .....................................................  
Other Income (Expense)  ...........................................  
Income Tax Expense  .................................................  
Less net income attributable to  

noncontrolling interest  ..........................................  
Net Income — Lannett Company, Inc.  .....................  
Earnings Per Share — Lannett Company, Inc.  .........  
Basic  .................................................................  
Diluted  ..............................................................  

$

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

Fourth 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

First 
Quarter 

$

25,507 
21,752 
3,755 
7,186 
(3,431) 
568 
(1,015) 

(16) 
(1,864)  $

(0.07)  $
(0.07)  $

$ 

25,893 
20,589 
5,304 
6,134 
(830) 
22 
(450) 

(4) 
(362)  $ 

(0.01)  $ 
(0.01)  $ 

30,039  
21,682 
8,357 
4,536 
3,821 
(67) 
1,394 

(7) 
2,353  

0.09  
0.09  

Fourth 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

33,760 
22,428 
11,332 
7,312 
4,020 
240 
1,288 

(156) 
2,816 

0.11 
0.11 

$

$

$
$

31,266 
20,869 
10,397 
7,745 
2,652 
(23) 
527 

(9) 
2,093 

0.08 
0.08 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

28,717 
20,640 
8,077 
6,779 
1,298 
(62) 
1,170 

(11) 
55 

0.00 
0.00 

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

$

25,396 
19,492 
5,904 
6,643 
(739)
(45)
(390)

(10)
(404)

(0.02)
(0.02)

First 
Quarter 

31,435 
19,901 
11,534 
6,791 
4,743 
(47)
1,828 

(11)
2,857 

0.12 
0.11 

In the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2011, gross margins were 15%.  Gross margins in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2011 were primarily 
impacted by product mix as well as under utilization of labor resources in our manufacturing process as compared to the previous 
quarters in Fiscal 2011. 

In the second quarter of Fiscal 2010 gross profit margins were 28%.  The gross profit percentage decreased due to the decline in sales 
of prescription vitamins and two months of idle capacity costs at our Cody Labs subsidiary being directly expensed to the income 
statement.  In March 2009, the FDA issued a warning letter to seven companies including Lannett to remove Morphine Sulfate Oral 
Solution from the market until someone could submit an application and receive approval on such application.  In April 2009, due to 
shortages of this fairly necessary drug in the marketplace, the FDA reversed their position and allowed all seven companies to 
continue manufacturing and/or marketing Morphine Sulfate up until 180 days after someone received approval on a Morphine Sulfate 
application.  These actions by the FDA caused the DEA to withhold purchasing and manufacturing quota from some or all of these 
seven companies, including Lannett.  Although the Company had quota at that time, and quota issues were resolved by 
December 2009, the Cody Labs facility was left idle for the months of October and November 2009 due to the lack of Morphine 
Sulfate quota. 

The effective tax rate in the second quarter of Fiscal 2010 was 95% due primarily to a change in Pennsylvania tax law which lowered 
the Company’s apportionment factor within the state.  The impact of this change caused the Company to reduce its deferred tax assets 
by approximately $650, and therefore increased the effective tax rate by 11% for the six months ended December 31, 2009, which in 
turn, had a significant impact on the second quarter of Fiscal 2010. 

The Company recorded income tax expense of $527 in the third quarter of Fiscal 2010 resulting in an effective tax rate of 20% due 
primarily to the settlement reached with the IRS related to its review of the federal income tax return for Fiscal 2008.  As a result of 
the settlement, the Company recorded a refund receivable totaling approximately $421.  The Company also reduced its liability for 
unrecognized tax benefits by approximately $216 as a result of the IRS settlement. 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 
(In thousands) 

For the years ended June 30: 

Description 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 
2012  ..........................................................................  
2011  ..........................................................................  
2010  ..........................................................................  

Inventory Valuation 
2012  ..........................................................................  
2011  ..........................................................................  
2010  ..........................................................................  

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance 
2012  ..........................................................................  
2011  ..........................................................................  
2010  ..........................................................................  

$

$

$

Balance at 
Beginning of 
Fiscal Year 

Charged to 
(Reduction of)
Expense 

Deductions 

Balance at 
End of Fiscal 
Year 

$

$

$

124 
123 
132 

3,486 
2,482 
2,744 

2,032 
2,017 
2,097 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 
1 
— 

1,745 
4,585 
1,280 

80 
15 
(80) 

$

$

$

— 
— 
9 

3,759 
3,581 
1,542 

— 
— 
— 

124 
124 
123 

1,472 
3,486 
2,482 

2,112 
2,032 
2,017 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

Description 

Method of Filing 

Exhibit Index 

3.1 

Articles of Incorporation 

Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement filed 
with respect to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held 
on December 6, 1991 (the “1991 Proxy Statement”). 

3.2 

4 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

  By-Laws, as amended 

Incorporated by reference to the 1991 Proxy Statement. 

Specimen Certificate for Common Stock 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Form 8 dated 
April 23, 1993 (Amendment No. 3 to Form 10-KSB for 
Fiscal 1992) (“Form 8”) 

Line of Credit Note dated March 11, 1999 between 
the Company and First Union National Bank 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ad) to the 
Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB 

Philadelphia Authority for Industrial Development 
Taxable Variable Rate Demand/Fixed Rate Revenue 
Bonds, Series of 1999 

Philadelphia Authority for Industrial Development 
Tax-Exempt Variable Rate Demand/Fixed Revenue 
Bonds (Lannett Company, Inc. Project) Series of 
1999 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ae) to the Annual 
Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(af) to the Annual 
Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB 

Letter of Credit and Agreements supporting bond 
issues between the Company and First Union 
National Bank 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ag) to the 
Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB 

10.5 

2003 Stock Option Plan 

10.6 

Employment Agreement with Kevin Smith 

10.7 

Employment Agreement with Arthur Bedrosian 

Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement for 
Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 2002 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Annual 
Report on 2003 Form 10-KSB 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q dated May 12, 2004. 

10.9 (Note A) 

Agreement between Lannett Company, Inc and 
Siegfried (USA), Inc. 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Annual 
Report on 2003 Form 10-KSB 

10.10 (Note A) 

Agreement between Lannett Company, Inc and 
Jerome Stevens, Pharmaceutical, Inc. 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K 
dated April 20, 2004 

10.11 

10.12 

Terms of Employment Agreement with Stephen J. 
Kovary 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Annual 
Report on 2009 Form 10-K 

Agreement of Sale Between Anvil Construction 
Company, Inc. and Lannett Company, Inc. 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Annual 
Report on 2009 Form 10-K 

10.13 

2007 Long Term Incentive Plan 

10.15 

2011 Long Term Incentive Plan 

Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement dated 
January 5, 2007 

Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement dated 
January 19, 2011 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

Description 

Method of Filing 

Terms of Employment Agreement with Martin P. 
Galvan 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 8-K 
dated August 8, 2011 

Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated 
April 29, 2011 between the Company and Wells 
Fargo Bank, N. A. 

Loan Agreement dated May 26, 2011 between the 
Company, the Pennsylvania Industrial Development 
Authority (“PIDA”) and PIDC Financing 
Corporation 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Annual 
Report on 2011 Form 10-K 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Annual 
Report on 2011 Form 10-K 

21 

  Subsidiaries of the Company 

  Filed Herewith 

23.1 

31.1 

31.2 

32 

  Consent of Grant Thornton, LLP 

  Filed Herewith 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Filed Herewith 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Filed Herewith 

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Filed Herewith 

101.INS 

  XBRL Instance Document* 

101.SCH 

  XBRL Extension Schema Document* 

101.CAL 

  XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document* 

101.DEF 

  XBRL Definition Linkbase Document* 

101.LAB 

  XBRL Label Linkbase Document* 

101.PRE 

  XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document* 

*  Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or 

prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability under these Sections. 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

The following list identifies the subsidiaries of the Company: 

Subsidiary Name 

State of Incorporation 

Subsidiaries of the Company 

Lannett Holdings, Inc. 
Cody Laboratories, Inc. 

  Delaware 
  Wyoming 

Exhibit 21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We have issued our reports dated September 12, 2012, with respect to the consolidated financial statements, schedule and internal 
control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report of Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries on Form 10-K for the fiscal 
year ended June 30, 2012.  We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the Registration Statements of 
Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries on Forms S-3 (File No. 333-115746, effective May 21, 2004, and File No. 333-162318, 
effective October 2, 2009) and on Forms S-8 (File No. 333-103235, effective February 14, 2003, File No. 333-103236, effective 
February 14, 2003, File No. 333-147410, effective November 15, 2007, and File No. 333-172304, effective February 16, 2011). 

Exhibit 23.1 

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
September 12, 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Arthur P. Bedrosian, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Lannett Company, Inc.; 

Exhibit 31.1 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 

necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to 
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 

financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 

reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 

the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

/s/Arthur P. Bedrosian 

Date:  September 12, 2012 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Martin P. Galvan, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Lannett Company, Inc.; 

Exhibit 31.2 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 

necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 

financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 

reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

/s/ Martin P. Galvan 

Date:   September 12, 2012 

Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification Pursuant to 
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, 
as Adopted Pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Exhibit 32 

In connection with the Annual Report of Lannett Company, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2012 as 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Arthur P. Bedrosian, the Chief Executive 
Officer of the Company, and I, Martin P. Galvan, the Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby 
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

1. 

  The Report complies with the requirements of Section13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

2. 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company. 

Dated: September 12, 2012 

/s/ Arthur P. Bedrosian 

Arthur P. Bedrosian, 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Dated: September 12, 2012 

/s/ Martin P. Galvan 

Martin P. Galvan, 
Vice President of Finance and 
Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Corporate Headquarters
9000 State Road
Philadelphia, PA 19136
(215) 333-9000

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Grant Thornton LLP
2001 Market Street
Two Commerce Square, Suite 3100
Philadelphia, PA 19103

Legal Counsel
Fox Rothschild LLP
2000 Market Street, 20th Floor
Philadelphia, PA 19103

Investor Relations
PondelWilkinson Inc.
1880 Century Park East, Suite 350
Los Angeles, CA 90067
(310) 279-5980

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Registrar and Transfer Company
10 Commerce Drive
Cranford, NJ 07016
(800) 368-5948

Securities Listing
The common stock of Lannett Company, Inc. is
traded on the NYSE MKT stock exchange.

Annual Report on Form 10-K
Additional copies of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K may be obtained without charge and the
exhibits to the Form 10-K may be obtained for a
nominal fee by writing to:

Lannett Company, Inc.
Investor Relations
9000 State Road
Philadelphia, PA 19136

William Farber
Chairman Emeritus

Jeffrey Farber
Chairman of the Board
President, Auburn Pharmaceutical

Ronald A. West
Vice Chairman of the Board and Lead Independent
Director
Director, Beecher Associates

Arthur P. Bedrosian, J.D.
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director,
Lannett Company, Inc.

Kenneth Sinclair, Ph.D.
Professor of Accounting,
Lehigh University

Albert I. Wertheimer, Ph.D.
Professor, Temple University School of Pharmacy,
Director, Center for Pharmaceutical Health Services
Research

Myron Winkelman, R.Ph.
President, Winkelman Management Consulting, Inc.

David Drabik
President, Cranbrook & Co., LLC

Paul Taveira
Chief Executive Officer, A&D Environmental
Services Inc.

MANAGEMENT TEAM

Arthur P. Bedrosian, J.D.
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

William F. Schreck
Chief Operating Officer

Kevin R. Smith
Vice President of Sales and Marketing

Ernest J. Sabo
Vice President of Regulatory Affairs and Chief
Compliance Officer

Martin P. Galvan
Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer, and
Treasurer

Robert Ehlinger
Vice President of Logistics and Chief Information
Officer

Lannett Company, Inc. 
9000 State Road 
Philadelphia, PA 19136 
P: (215)333-9000 
F: (215)333-9004 
www.lannett.com